rapport mgc-8 atca install and upgrade guide.pdf
TRANSCRIPT
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 1/238
Title page
Rapport Media Gateway Controller (MGC-8)
ATCA Install and Upgrade
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 | July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 2/238
Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2015Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 3/238
Contents
About this document
Purpose .......................................................................................................................................................................................... xiiixiii
What's new ................................................................................................................................................................................... xiiixiii
Intended audience ...................................................................................................................................................................... xivxiv
How to use this document ....................................................................................................................................................... xivxiv
Conventions used ......................................................................................................................................................................... xvxv
Related information ...................................................................................................................................................................
xvixvi
Document support ................................................................................................................................................................... xviiixviii
Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xviiixviii
How to comment ..................................................................................................................................................................... xviiixviii
1 System requirements
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-11-1
MGC-8 hardware requirements ........................................................................................................................................... 1-21-2
Installing the MGC-8 software ............................................................................................................................................ 1-51-5
Firmware and software versions ....................................................................................................................................... 1-101-10
Configuration, administration, and maintenance ........................................................................................................ 1-111-11
2 System configuration
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-12-1
Prerequisite procedure ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-22-2
3 Prepare for the LCP installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-13-1
Mandatory prerequisite procedures .................................................................................................................................... 3-13-1
Prepare the flashdrive .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-33-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
iii
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 4/238
Gather the system configuration information ................................................................................................................. 3-63-6
Complete the configuration worksheets ........................................................................................................................... 3-73-7
Configure the laptop .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-113-11
Power on the shelf ..................................................................................................................................................................
3-153-15
What’s next? ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-153-15
4 Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-14-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-14-1
Field re-installed software ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-34-3
ShMC IP configuration ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-44-4
Hub IP configuration procedure .......................................................................................................................................... 4-54-5
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ................................................................................................ 4-64-6
What’s next? ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-104-10
5 Load transfer and pre-installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-15-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-15-1
Load transfer and field installation procedure ................................................................................................................ 5-25-2
6 Configure blade with OAM server A functionality
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-16-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-16-1
Prerequisite procedure ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-26-2
Verify the system configuration ........................................................................................................................................... 6-36-3
What’s next? ...............................................................................................................................................................................
6-46-4
7 Load installation and LCP check
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-17-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-17-1
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 5/238
Load installation procedure ................................................................................................................................................... 7-27-2
Changing hub and ShMC login and password ............................................................................................................... 7-37-3
LCP check procedure ............................................................................................................................................................... 7-47-4
8 Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-18-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-28-2
Rules and restrictions .............................................................................................................................................................. 8-28-2
Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ................................................................... 8-48-4
Grow in the ADCM blades ................................................................................................................................................. 8-138-13
Configure and enable CPM ................................................................................................................................................ 8-208-20
Backing up blade configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 8-218-21
De-growth procedure ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-238-23
9 Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-19-1
Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ......................................................................................................................... 9-29-2
Provisioning AMC SS7 cards ............................................................................................................................................... 9-99-9
Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks ..................................................................................................................................... 9-119-11
Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting ..................................................................................... 9-159-15
Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it communicates ...................... 9-189-18
What’s next ............................................................................................................................................................................... 9-199-19
10 Final activities
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-110-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................................................................................
10-110-1
Final activities .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-210-2
Graceful shutdown ................................................................................................................................................................. 10-510-5
What’s next? ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-610-6
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
v
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 6/238
11 Upgrade scenarios and procedures
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-111-1
Upgrade scenarios .................................................................................................................................................................. 11-211-2
Upgrade requirements ...........................................................................................................................................................
11-211-2
Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI .......................................................................... 11-311-3
Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases ....................................... 11-411-4
Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ................................................................................... 11-611-6
Upgrade the ALGPv2 software ....................................................................................................................................... 11-1511-15
Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software .................................................................................................................. 11-2011-20
12 Upgrade working-working GR switches
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-112-1
Upgrading working-working GR switches ................................................................................................................... 12-212-2
13 Rollback and backout procedures
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-113-1
Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software .......................................................................................................................... 13-213-2
Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade ............................................................................................................................ 13-713-7
Backout MGC-8 only upgrade ........................................................................................................................................ 13-1213-12
A Hardware illustrations
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1A-1
ATCA Shelf ................................................................................................................................................................................ A-1A-1
Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) ....................................................................................................................... A-3A-3
Ethernet hub ............................................................................................................................................................................... A-4A-4
Ethernet hub RTM ...................................................................................................................................................................
A-5A-5
Shelf manager card .................................................................................................................................................................. A-6A-6
B Worksheets
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1B-1
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 7/238
Worksheet 1 ................................................................................................................................................................................ B-2B-2
Worksheet 2 ................................................................................................................................................................................ B-3B-3
Worksheet 3A ............................................................................................................................................................................ B-6B-6
Worksheet 3B ............................................................................................................................................................................
B-7B-7
C ShMC and ethernet hub commands
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-1C-1
ShMC commands ..................................................................................................................................................................... C-1C-1
Ethernet hub commands ........................................................................................................................................................ C-2C-2
D Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... D-1D-1
SOL session for a processor blade procedure ................................................................................................................ D-2D-2
Determining the SOL IP address on a blade .................................................................................................................. D-3D-3
E Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... E-1E-1
Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8 ....................................................................................................... E-2E-2
Hub and shmc configuration ................................................................................................................................................ E-3E-3
Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs ...................................................................................................... E-6E-6
F Software loads from the factory
Software Loads .......................................................................................................................................................................... F-1F-1
G Software ASLM
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... G-1G-1
Base and session entitlements ............................................................................................................................................. G-2G-2
Accessing the ASLM tool ..................................................................................................................................................... G-5G-5
Generating a license file ........................................................................................................................................................ G-7G-7
H Document issue history
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... H-1H-1
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
vii
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 8/238
Reissue history .......................................................................................................................................................................... H-1H-1
Index
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
viii Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 9/238
List of tables
1 Document changes in Issue 12, July 2015 ........................................................................................................ xiiixiii
2 Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation .............................................................................................. xviixvii
3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation .................................................................................... xviixvii
1-1 Login and passwords ................................................................................................................................................ 1-41-4
1-2 Installation packages, files, and scripts ........................................................................................................... 1-101-10
9-1 Port to physical interface mapping ................................................................................................................... 9-169-16
C-1 ShMC commands ......................................................................................................................................................
C-1C-1
C-2 Ethernet hub commands ......................................................................................................................................... C-2C-2
E-1 Customer values of SSH and SOL ...................................................................................................................... E-3E-3
G-1 Software license names and descriptions ......................................................................................................... G-3G-3
H-1 Issue 11, April 2015, Reason for reissue .......................................................................................................... H-1H-1
H-2 Issue 10, March 2015, Reason for reissue ....................................................................................................... H-2H-2
H-3 Issue 9, January 2015, Reason for reissue ....................................................................................................... H-2H-2
H-4 Issue 8, December 2014, Reason for reissue .................................................................................................. H-2H-2
H-5 Issue 7, November 2014, Reason for reissue ................................................................................................. H-3H-3
H-6 Issue 6, October 2014, Reason for reissue ...................................................................................................... H-3H-3
H-7 Issue 5, June 2014, Reason for reissue ............................................................................................................. H-3H-3
H-8 Issue 4, May 2014, Reason for reissue ............................................................................................................. H-4H-4
H-9 Issue 3, April 2014, Reason for reissue ............................................................................................................ H-4H-4
H-10 Issue 2, April 2014, Reason for reissue ............................................................................................................
H-4H-4
H-11 Issue 1, April 2014, Reason for reissue ............................................................................................................ H-4H-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
ix
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 10/238
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 11/238
List of figures
1-1 Factory hardware placement example ................................................................................................................ 1-31-3
4-1 Response example ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-74-7
8-1 Example ...................................................................................................................................................................... 8-368-36
9-1 Example of a successful response ....................................................................................................................... 9-29-2
9-2 Login example ............................................................................................................................................................ 9-39-3
A-1 ATCA Shelf Example .............................................................................................................................................. A-2A-2
A-2 Processor Blade .........................................................................................................................................................
A-3A-3
A-3 Ethernet hub ............................................................................................................................................................... A-4A-4
A-4 Hub RTM Card Example ....................................................................................................................................... A-5A-5
A-5 Shelf manager card (ShMC) example ............................................................................................................... A-6A-6
G-1 ASLM ........................................................................................................................................................................... G-5G-5
G-2 ASLM Access Page ................................................................................................................................................. G-6G-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
xi
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 12/238
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xii Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 13/238
About this documentAbout this document
Purpose
This guide provides Installers with the instructions needed to successfully complete a
field installation or upgrade of the Linux Control Platform (LCP) and the Alcatel-Lucent
Gateway Platform (ALGPv2) software on MGC-8 Advanced Telecommunications
Computing Architecture (ATCA) hardware.
Note: This document is applicable to R9.4 and later releases.
Product name change
Starting with release 9.5, the 5060 Media Gateway Controller (MGC-8) product is
renamed as Rapport Media Gateway Controller. Any references in the legacy documents,
appendices, text, or images to 5060 MGC-8 or MGC-8, represents Rapport MGC-8.
Throughout the document, Rapport MGC-8 will be hereafter referred to as MGC-8.
Similarly, the COM will be referred as COM and the 7510 MGW will be referred as
MGW.
What's new
This is a reissue of the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide, 255-400-022.
This is Issue 12.
The major changes introduced in this issue of the document are described in the following
paragraphs. Changes introduced in prior issues of the document are shown in Appendix
H, “Document issue history”.
The document changes in this issue are shown in the following table.
Table 1 Document changes in Issue 12, July 2015
Document Issue Description Location
12 Added new product name Rapport Front matter
Product name change: updated 5060
MGC-8 to MGC-8, 1360 COM to
COM, and 7510 MGW to MGW.
Global
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
xiii
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 14/238
Intended audience
This document is for internal use by Alcatel-Lucent personnel and designated Field
Installers. The Installer should be familiar with the equipment, the component names,
associated names, and their physical location prior to installation.
The information in this document assumes that the Installer has a good understanding of
the following:
• MGC-8 hardware, firmware, architecture/design, and operations
• Red Hat Linux operations (basic commands)
• IP data networking architecture/design
How to use this document
Software evolution key for upgrading
A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade. This key
is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software. The evolution key is alsonot needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do not change.
For example an upgrade from 24.15.31.05 to 24.15.31.06 will not require an evolution
key.
Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114. You must know the LCP
version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you are upgrading to in
order to determine the required key.
Use this document in conjunction with the associated release notes and application
specific documents. Upon completion of the installation, the installer will be ready to
provision the system and may need to perform additional steps, as indicated in the release
notes.
This document has been divided into logical parts and sections:
• Part I provides instructions for installing the LCP base platform.
• Part II provides the instructions for installing the ALGPv2 software.
• Part III provides instructions for upgrading the LCP and ALGPv2 software.
Typically, the end of each section can be used as a pause point (you can continue the
following day for example), unless noted otherwise.
Steps that take longer than 5 minutes to complete indicate approximate time lines for
completion. Additionally, time estimates are provided at the start of each new section. Theexecution time of the entire procedure depends largely on previous experience and the
complexity of the configuration.
To minimize procedural errors, it is recommended that the Installer review the entire
document before performing any of the procedures.
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiv Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 15/238
Conventions used
Appearance Description
italicized text • File and directory names
• Emphasized information
• Titles of publications
• A variable that the user supplies
graphical user interface text or key
name• Text that is displayed in a graphical user interface
or in a hardware label
• The name of a key on the keyboard
input text Command names and text that the user types or
selects as input to a system
output text Text that a system displays or prints
Terminology
In this document the following terms are used interchangeably.
• The words cabinet and rack
• The words shelf, sub-rack, and chassis
• The words shelf, sub-rack, and chassis
• The words card and blade
• The words processor card, node, and Ethernet Hub
• The words hub and Processor Blade
• The words IMS service and the ngss
• The fs5k service and the ngfs.
Acronyms
This document uses the following acronyms.
Acronym Meaning
ACCM Advanced Centralized Compute Module
ADCM Advanced Distributed Compute Module
BTS Billing and Traffic System
CNFG Configuration Service
COTS Common Off The Shelf
CP Centralized Processing Server
CPM Centralized Password Management
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
xv
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 16/238
Acronym Meaning
CS Call Server
Fka Formerly known as
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
HDD Hard Disk Drive
iLO Integrated Lights-Out
IMS IP Multimedia Service
LAN Local Area Network
LCP Linux Control Platform
MGC Media Gateway Controller
MI Maintenance Interface Service
OA HP BladeServer Onboard Administrator
OAM&P Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning.
OAMSA OAM Server A
PDU Power Distribution Unit
RBSU ROM Based Setup Utility
RCC Reliable Cluster Computing
SD SIP Distributor Server
SIM Software Installation Manager
SNS Shared Network Service
SSH Secure Shell
VM Virtual Machine
VCP Virtualization Control Platform
VMM-HI Virtualization Machine Management and Host Infrastructure
Related information
Refer to the following Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation as needed for
additional information.
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvi Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 17/238
List of documents
Table 2 Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation
Product Part number Product description
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Operations Guide
255-400-000 Contains platform provisioning procedures.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Maintenance and Diagnostic
Procedures Guide
255-400-001 Describes procedures to maintain and check
switch operation. Also included are detailed
level procedures necessary to replace switch
hardware, retrieve PM data and status,
perform a manual switchover, and recover
after a switch failure.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA TL1
Commands Reference Guide
255-400-002 Contains TL1 commands to provision the
platform, functional entities and services.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
System Software Release
Notes
255-400-006 Describes new features and feature
enhancements, new and modified TL1
commands, hardware and software
limitations, and other important
release-specific information not available
elsewhere.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alarms and Troubleshooting
Procedures Guide
255-400-019 Describes procedures for obtaining alarm
information and provides references to
trouble analysis procedures for determining
the cause and correction of the problems.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install
and Upgrade Guide
255-400-022 Provides installation and upgrade
instructions for LCP software and ALGPv2
software on the MGC-8 ATCA hardware.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA SCME
Guide
255-400-023 Contains information for MGC-8 ATCA
switches to be deployed in either a wireline
or Gateway Mobile Switching Center
(GMSC) application.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Hardware Guide
255-400-209 Contains MGC-8 ATCA hardware
information for engineering a site including:
module descriptions, hardware
specifications, cabling as well as
environmental and power requirements.
Table 3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and
COTS BTS User Guide
255-400-403 Contains billing information for the BTS
application.
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
xvii
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 18/238
Table 3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation (continued)
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and
COTS BTS Upgrade Guide
255-400-428 Describes the procedures required to
upgrade the BTS application.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and
COTS BTS Release Notes
255-400-404 Describes new BTS features and feature
enhancements, new and modified TL1commands, hardware and software
limitations, and other important
release-specific information not available
elsewhere.
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and
COTS Security Guide
255-400-020 Describes any security enhancements and
also provides additional information on
security not found in other guides.
Document support
For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at
the following telephone numbers.
From United States
• If you are using a landline, a cellular phone or VOIP, dial this number:
1-888-582-3688
From other countries
• If you are using a cellular phone or VOIP, dial this number: +1-630-224-2485
• If you are using a landline (phone without a plus [+] character), replace the plus sign
with your country's exit code. Dial this number: Exit code for the country of origin:
1-630-224-2485. See the country-specific exit codes listed here.
These numbers apply for document support only. Please see the section “Technical
support” for details about product hardware, software, and technical support.
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xviii Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 19/238
1 1System requirements
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides an overview of the hardware and software requirements for the
installation of the LCP and the ALGPv2 software on the MGC-8. Additionally, it providesfirmware and password information.
The MGC-8/VSG has two configurations, the non-co-host (standalone) and the co-host.
• In a non-co-host (standalone) configuration, the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide
OAM server functionality and slots 3 and 4 are typically for ACCM modules.
• In a co-host configuration, the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server
functionality and ACCM functions.
When MI/ACCM is co-hosted,the ACCM is always placed in slots 1/2. ACCM always
have poolId=1 ADCMs can therefore go in slots 3/4, 5/6, 9/10, 11/12 and even 13/14.
However, only a maximum of 4 pairs is supported, not a fully loaded 5 ADCM pair configuration. The allowed slot / poolId combinations are: Slots 3/4: PoolId = 2, Slots
5/6: PoolId = 3, Slots 9/10: PoolId = 4, Slots 11/12: PoolId = 5, and Slots 13/14:
PoolId = 6
Contents
MGC-8 hardware requirements 1-2
Installing the MGC-8 software 1-5
Firmware and software versions 1-10
Configuration, administration, and maintenance 1-11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 20/238
MGC-8 hardware requirements
Purpose
This section describes the supported system hardware and any additional hardware that is
required for the installation.
System hardware
The following hardware is supported with this release:
• Processor blades which are front facing blades for the ATCA chassis.
– Blade without AMC SS7 - FM016JB
– Blade with AMC SS7 - FM016JP
• Rear Transition Module (NASYS)
• Ethernet Hub Blade or Hub Switch (NBMASW1)
• T1/E1 Rear Transition Module (RPCMHDAA)
• Rear Filler (NAFILL)
• Front Filler (NBFILL)
The MGC-8 system operates as a 1-shelf (1CP) configuration. The system can be
rack-mounted in an open rack or mounted inside of a cabinet. Refer to the Rapport
MGC-8 Hardware Guide, 255-400-209 for a complete description of the supported
hardware.
The MGC-8 is a fully-redundant system. Following are some system requirements:
• Each blade has a sister blade that sits next to it.
• The blades are numbered from 1 to 15, left to right.
• Modules with OAM server functionality are always in slots 1 and 2. In a co-host
configuration, the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and
ACCM functions. The co-host configuration does not support the OAM Server
(NBRZAL) in slots 1 and 2.
• Shelf Manager Cards (ShMC) are always in slot 15 (half height).
• The active ShMC in a shelf controls the blades within that shelf.
• The Ethernet Hub is a layer 2 blade. There are two hub cards per shelf; one is located
in slot 07 and the other is located in slot 08. The hubs have associated NASYS RTM
in the rear of the chassis.• The LCP internal subnet can only be accessed by the ShMC, Ethernet Hub, and
Processor Blade.
• An external routable subnet is accessible by both LCP and non-LCP elements.
System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 21/238
Shelf layout
Each shelf houses a series of blades that increase numerically from left to right. The left
most slot is assigned number 1 while the right-most slot is assigned number 15. The shelf
itself is numbered from bottom to top. The bottom shelf in cabinet 0 is shelf 0. The ShMC
in a shelf and the AMC blades are numbered numerically from top to bottom.
Figure 1-1, “Factory hardware placement example” (p. 1-3) shows an example of the
factory-installed hardware placement. In a non-co-host (standalone) configuration, the
modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and slots 3 and 4 are for
ACCM modules. In a co-host configuration, the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM
server functionality and ACCM functions. The co-host configuration does not support the
OAM Server (NBRZAL) in slots 1 and 2.
See Appendix A, “Hardware illustrations” to view graphical depictions of individual
hardware elements.
Figure 1-1 Factory hardware placement example
System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 22/238
Passwords
The following table shows the passwords needed to access the various shelf elements and
includes the default passwords provided by the factory.
Table 1-1 Login and passwords
Element Login name Factory
default
password
Default
password
Customer defined
password
ShMC root alatcav2 newsys done by customer
Ethernet Hub root alatcav2 newsys done by customer
Processor Blade root N/A newsys done by customer
SOL connection root N/A newsys done by customer
Communicating with elements
All of the blades within the shelf can communicate using an internal subnet. The internal
subnet is a class B subnet with a value of 169.254.0.0 (255.255.0.0). Although this is the
subnet value that is strongly recommended, sites do have the option of choosing a
different subnet by changing the first two octets. For example: <X.Y>.0.0 where the user
replaces <X.Y>, or 169.254, with different values.
UTC
Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) is equivalent to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Using Linux, you can obtain this time using the -u option. For example: date -u.The url (http://tycho.usno.navy.mil/simpletime.html) displays the current date/time in
UTC. The MGC-8 blades display their time in UTC. The time zone for the blades is
configurable from the Field Install Graphical User Interface (FI GUI).
Hardware requirements (not shipped with the system)
The following hardware, which is not included with the system, is also required for the
installation:
• A laptop computer
•
A straight CAT-5 Ethernet cable to connect the laptop to the module with OAM server A functionality.
• USB to male DB-9 Serial cable with corresponding drivers loaded on the laptop (not
needed if your laptop has a DB-9 port).
• USB bootable device with a minimum of 1GB capacity. The load to be installed will
NOT be placed in the flashdrive.
System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 23/238
Note: The mini-USB to female DB-9 cable is provided with the system.
The pc/laptop/LMT Ethernet interface must have a temporary IP and netmask of
169.254.127.2/16 (255.255.0.0) to communicate with the system. In this document, the
PC is referred to as the laptop. The laptop is assumed to be Windows-based
By default, there is no terminal server thereby making it imperative that the system shipswith the appropriate serial cables.
A Hyper-terminal or hyperterm connection is defined as accessing the shelf through its
serial connection. This connection is needed if IP connectivity between the laptop and the
shelf is lost.
Installing the MGC-8 software
MGC-8
The initial software installation on-site of the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 is a
three-step process.
1. Downloading software, as described in “LCP software installation” (p. 1-6) and
“ALGPv2 software installation” (p. 1-8)
in this chapter.
Important: Downloading of the software takes several hours and it should be done as
far in advance as possible.
2. Installation of the LCP control platform of modules with OAM server functionality, as
described in Chapter 3, “Prepare for the LCP installation” through Chapter 7, “Load
installation and LCP check”.
3. Installation of the ALGPv2 software.
*For the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8, adding in a pair of ACCM blades and any
ADCM blades to the MGC-8 chassis, as described in Chapter 10, “Final activities”.
*For the co-host MGC-8, adding in pairs of ADCM blades to the MGC-8 chassis.
4. Procedures necessary to de-grow blades are provided in Chapter 8, “Growth and
de-growth of ALGPv2 blades”.
5. Procedures necessary to upgrade software are provided in Chapter 11, “Upgrade
scenarios and procedures”.
6. Procedures necessary to downgrade or back out software are provided in Chapter 13,
“Rollback and backout procedures”.
System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 24/238
LCP software installation
The LCP software is the base platform software that you install on the application server
hosts (OAM Server A and OAM Server B). The LCP software provides the infrastructure
for the system to perform ALGPv2 software installation, growth/de-growth, upgrade,
patch, and restore.
The LCP platform and applications interact through an external interface. For example,
LCP provides the tools for the patch of the OS kernel, while the ALGPv2 services
actually invoke them to patch the OS kernel for the ACCM/ADCM blades.
The LCP software is provided on a monolithic zip file that contains all the necessary
software to configure the chassis. The contents of the monolithic zip file consists of other
individual package zip files that pertain to different services. Additionally, it contains the
necessary software installation tools that enable services to be shipped to the service
hosts.
Deft files may also be required. Deft files provide special data evolve tools developed to
evolve the data from one release or load to another. In order to perform arelease-to-release or patch-to-patch software update, the user must obtain the appropriate
version of the evolve tools. The data evolve tools will be contained in the
deft(C)_Rrr.xx.yy_Rrr.xx.yy.zip file.
The deft or deftC file to be used depends upon the upgrade path. If you are upgrading
from
• One major release to the next one, such as:
– R24.26.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the . deft_R24.26.XX_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R23.29.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R23.29.XX_R25.15.XX,zipfile.
– R24.15.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R24.15.XX_R25.15.XX,zip
file.
– R24.21.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R24.21.XX_R25.15.XX.zip
file.
• A minor release or patch such as:
– R25.15.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deft_R25.15.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.10.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.10.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.11.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.11.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 25/238
– R25.12.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.12.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.13.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.13.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes 255-400-006, Chapter
3 Test Results, for the LCP version tested with ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X.
The LCP and deft(C) software can be downloaded from the Alcatel-Lucent OLCS LED
site.
Attention: Software evolution key for upgrading
A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade. This
key is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software. The evolution key
is also not needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do
not change. For example an upgrade from 24.15.31.05 to 24.15.31.06 will not require
an evolution key.
Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114. You must know the
LCP version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you are
upgrading to determine the required key.
Perform the following to obtain the LCP software.
1. Go to https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/olcsHome.do.
2. Log in with your User Name and Password.
3. On the left side of the screen, select Technical Content for
4. Select the number 5.
5. Search for and select the MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller)
6. Select the Downloads: Electronic Delivery and wait for the next menu to load fully
7. Select LCP from “Please navigate through the hierarchy to download”
8. Select the appropriate LCP version for this release from "Please select a Downloadable".
Refer to the MGC-8 system release notes in 255-400-006 for the LCP release number.
9. Click Next.
10. Find the Boot_Image.LCP.LSS.Rxx.xx.iso file to download the same (where Rxx is the LCP
version for this release).
Download both the LCP and the deft(C) software loads. The deft(C) software that you use
on the switch will be determined by your upgrade path.
System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 26/238
ALGPv2 software installation
ALGPv2 software is an overlay application which you install on top of the base platform
provided by the LCP.
The ALGPv2 software is installed on an ATCA chassis. The ALGP platform is based on
the MGC-8 (and VSG 5025) ported onto an ATCA platform.
Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes, 255-400-006, for
correct version numbers of the MGC-8 files.
The ALGPv2 software can be downloaded from the Alcatel-Lucent OLCS LED site.
Perform the following to obtain the ALGPv2 software downloads.
1. Go to https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/olcsHome.do.
2. Log in with your User Name and Password.
3. On the left side of the screen, select the following:
Technical Content for
4. Select the number 5.
5. Search for and select the following:
MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller)
+
6. Select the following and wait for the next menu to load fully:
Downloads: Electronic Delivery
7. Select from “Please navigate through the hierarchy to download”
8. Find the ATCA ALGPV2 version of software and download it.
There are two configuration types for ALGPv2 ATCA chassis:
• MGC MGC-8/VSG - This configuration has only ALGPv2 blades in the chassis
(with OAM server functionality, Processor blades, and ShMC blades). It could be a
non-co-host (standalone) configuration or a co-host configuration
• MGC_ICS for ICS + MGC-8/VSG - This configuration supports ALGPv2 blades
with ICS blades.
Be sure to use the ICS LCP software version instead of the MGC-8 LCP software
version, for installation and upgrade.
System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 27/238
The following ALGPv2 installation and upgrade procedures are supported in this release:
• Growth and De-growth of blades — Adding or removing hardware modules to/from
an operational ATCA chassis.
• Upgrade and downgrade — Upgrading or downgrading the ALGPv2 software or a
portion of the ALGPv2 software to a new version.
• Field installation — A new install of an ATCA chassis, which means that no blades
are installed in the chassis. The field installation procedure installs the blade with
OAM server functionality and any other blades needed.
ALGPv2 system software
The ALGPv2 system consists of the installation of ALGPv2 software on ATCA chassis
ALGPv2 that is released as a single zip file, ALGPV2.ATCA.<version>.zip. The zip file
contains other zip files or packages.
ALGPv2 has two packages.
• ALGPV2APPpkg.zip which is used for both ACCM and ADCM
• AMCSS7pkg.zip which is used for the AMC SS7 card
Software installation tools on the blade with OAM server functionality are used to install
the proper application software package on the application service hosts.
ALGPV2 installation files and scripts
The installation zip file contains the packages, files, and scripts needed to complete the
installation. The zip files are shipped to the blade with OAM server functionality first
throug the IP network and then to other blades via the internal IP subnet during
installation.
Currently there is only one package for both ACCM and ADCM zip file(ALGPV2APPpkg.zip). There is a separate package (AMCSS7pkg.zip) which contains
the driver for the AMC SS7 card.
The layout specification of the zip file, ALGPV2.ATCA.xx.yy.zz.zip, is shown below:
• pkgs/ALGPV2APPpkg.zip
– ALGPV2APP.tar.gz (Telica/swCPU/9.X.X.X)
– ALGPV2APPpkg.sh
• pkgs/AMCSS7pkg.zip
– AMCSS7.tar.gz (Telica/swAMCSS7/9.X.X.X)
– AMCSS7pkg.sh
• bin/zip_installer
• bin/patch_setup
• bin/sw_version
• xml/data.xml
System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 28/238
The following table briefly describes the packages, files and scripts contained in the
ALGPv2 zip file.
Table 1-2 Installation packages, files, and scripts
Package/file/script name Description
ALGPV2APPpkg.sh A script used to unzip ALGPv2 applications onto
ACCM/ADCM blades.
AMCSS7pkg.sh A script used to install the AMC SS7 package. It unzips
and installs the AMC SS7 card software.
uprev.sh Used to set up and install the ALGPv2 software.
zip_installer Invoked by the LCP script, zipinstall, on the blade with
OAM server functionality to unzip the installation file to
the correct directory on the management interface.
data.xml Feeds the map_loader. LCP needs to collect information
from ALGPv2 so that it knows how to manage the servicetype for ACCM/ADCM.
Note: ALGPPV2APPpkg.sh, AMCss7pkg.sh, and uprev.sh are executed in the
ALGPv2 blades; whereas, zip_install is executed on the blades with OAM server
functionality.
Firmware and software versions
ALGPv2 and LCP
ALGPv2 and LCP platform base software versions must match since some ALGPv2
applications are tightly coupled with services provided by the LCP platform base
software. For example, SS7 card driver is tightly coupled to Linux kernel of LCP
platform base software.
Refer to the Software Release Notes for information on the software version to be
installed and for the location of the software load. The retrieval of the software takes
several hours and should be done as far in advance as possible.
System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 29/238
Configuration, administration, and maintenance
Graphical user interfaces
The following graphical user interface programs are used to configure, administer, and
maintain the system:• The Field Install Graphical User Interface (FI GUI) is used to configure the system.
The output is a set of scripts that create the system configuration. The tools referred to
in these scripts are commonly called the System Configuration Data Tools (SCDT).
Throughout this document, these scripts are referred to as the SCDT scripts.
• The Maintenance Interface GUI (MIGUI) is used to administer the system.
System requirements Configuration, administration, and maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
1-11
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 30/238
System requirements Configuration, administration, and maintenance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 31/238
2 2System configuration
Overview
Purpose
As of the current LCP version for this release, the field install GUI is no longer used
during the guest portion of the field install. The guest configuration worksheet will beused as input to an offline validation tool that is accessed through a web browser. Double
click on the guest worksheet icon to obtain the guest worksheet. This chapter must be
completed in the beginning of Field Install.
Contents
Prerequisite procedure 2-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
2-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 32/238
Prerequisite procedure
Procedure
Complete the following prerequisite procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Get the worksheet.
If the lab is in work state, you can get one worksheet file named field_config_data.xls
using the command fidata_retrieve (on host MI). The output of fidata_retrieve
is a worksheet that can be saved to the laptop and modified accordingly.
<qd15-s00c02h0:root>/root:
# fidata_retrieve
Retrieving "Basic Information" ...
......
IPv4 Static Routes Information:
IPv6 Static Routes Information
--- complete ---
<qd15-s00c01h0:root>/root:
#1s
field_config_data.xls
Note: The template for the worksheet is also available in QDI 56763, and instructions
on filling out the guest work sheet can be found in guest worksheet in the Usage
Sheet....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check the worksheet.
After the guest worksheet is completed, open a browser and proceed to the url
(http://lssweb2.ih.lucent.com/~umtsbld/cgi-bin/offline_validate.html) to generate an
SCDT metadata zip file. See below:
System configuration Prerequisite procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 33/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Click browse and select the guest worksheet from the laptop. Enter the release that needs
to be installed. Enter the load to be installed. Click Start Validation Process. If there are
no errors, an offline validation zip file will be created. In case of an error(s), modify the
worksheet and run the offline validation tool again.
System configuration Prerequisite procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
2-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 34/238
Once the offline validate has succeeded, save the zip file on your laptop. You can name
the zip file as you like, but you must maintain the “_olv.zip”.
System configuration Prerequisite procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 35/238
3 3Prepare for the LCP
installation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the mandatory prerequisite procedures that must be completed
prior to installing the LCP software.
Contents
Mandatory prerequisite procedures 3-1
Prepare the flashdrive 3-3
Gather the system configuration information 3-6
Complete the configuration worksheets 3-7
Configure the laptop 3-11
Power on the shelf 3-15
What’s next? 3-15
Mandatory prerequisite procedures
Before you begin
Note: All of the procedures in this chapter must be completed prior to proceeding
with the installation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 36/238
Verify the following:
1. You have obtained the hardware defined in the section "MGC-8 hardware
requirements (not shipped with the system)" in Chapter 1.
2. You have retrieved the software load to be installed in the system and placed it on the
laptop computer. If you have not already downloaded the software, refer to the
Release Notes for the location of the software and instructions for retrieving the load.The load should be located in ALED.
Note: The retrieval of the software takes several hours and should be done as far in
advance as possible.
3. You have compared the md5sum digest to verify the files match what you
downloaded from ALED.
Prepare for the LCP installation Mandatory prerequisite procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 37/238
Prepare the flashdrive
Hardware requirements
• One USB bootable flashdrive with at least 1GB capacity.
•
Laptop computer running Windows with an available USB port.Important! Be sure to save the contents of your USB drive elsewhere prior to
running this procedure. This procedure will erase the current contents of your USB
drive.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In your web browser type the url (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/olcsHome.do).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Log in and on the left, under the Technical Content for tab, select the MGC-8 (Media
Gateway Controller) product.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 With the MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller) selected, click the link Downloads:
Electronic Delivery under this tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 From the Please navigate through the hierarchy to download drop-down, select LCP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 From the Please select a Downloadable drop-down, select the LCP version for this
release.
Note: Refer to the MGC-8 system release notes 255–400–006) for the LCP release
number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click Next.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Find the Boot_Image.LCP.LSS.Rxx.xx.xx.xx.iso to download (where Rxx is the LCP
version for this release).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Save the file to a directory on your PC.
Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 38/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If you already have the USB image tool on your PC, then proceed to Step 13, else
continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Go to (http://ihgpweb.ih.lucent.com/~umtsbld/cgi-bin/)....................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Double-click on the usbit.zip link. The File Download screen appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Click Save and save the file to the desktop.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Double-click on usbit.zip and extract its contents to a folder.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Double-click on the USB Image Tool.exe file and click Run.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on your laptop.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Click on the drop down menu in the upper left corner and select Device Mode. The screen
shows the USB drive that you inserted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Click on the device and the Restore button should now be accessible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Click Restore and select the Boot_Image.LCP.LSS.Rxx.xx.xx.xx.iso (where Rxx is the
LCP version for this release).
Note: This step erases the previous contents of your USB drive. Ensure to save the
contents before proceeding! If asked to restore contents, answer Yes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Use the Safely Remove Hardware tool to stop the USB flash drive.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Remove and re-insert the USB drive.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 To verify the procedure:
a. Click Start > Settings > Control Panel.
Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 39/238
b. Right-click on Administrative Tools and click Open.
c. Right-click on Computer Management and click Open.
d. Click on the ‘+’ to the left of Storage (maybe expanded already).
e. Double-click on Disk Management.
f. Look at the partitions of the USB drive. They should look similar to the following
display:
g. Verify that there is one healthy section (here the size is the same as
Boot_Image.LCP.LSS.Rxx.xx.xx.xx.iso'size ).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Use the Safely Remove Hardware tool to stop the USB flashdrive before removing it.
Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 40/238
Note: To re-format the USB drive back to its original windows environment after the
installation is complete, refer to “Reformatting the usb drive back to “windows XP
environment”” (p. 10-4) in Chapter 10, “Final activities”.
Gather the system configuration information
Record the information
Work with the customer to obtain and assemble the following information based on the
customer's specifications:
• A list of services to be configured in their respective slot location.
• The number of external subnets to be used, along with their subnet value and range.
For external subnets, the size depends on the elements in the subnet.• The IP address(es) of the customer's device(s) and the IP value(s) to be assigned to the
Alcatel-Lucent switch that the customer’s device(s) will recognize.
Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 41/238
Complete the configuration worksheets
Introduction
The configuration worksheets are located in Appendix B. Note that the instructions
provided in this section are specific to installing the LCP software onto the MGC-8system.
Important! You are not allowed to have two gateways on the same subnet in LCP
version R27 and higher. This was allowed in earlier versions, but after an upgrade to
9.X.X. and greater, it is no longer allowed. If you want to use different gateways, use
different subnets.
Complete worksheet 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Print out and complete Worksheet 1, which is located in Appendix B, in the following
steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the blades with OAM server functionality are located in shelf number 0, slot
numbers 1 and 2.
The non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 uses MI and CNFG services.
The co-host MGC-8 uses MI, CNFG and ACCM services
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Fill in the default IPv4 Gateway (Subnet #) field as 1. The MGC-8 uses one externalsubnet for management of the blades with OAM server functionality.
Note:This gateway is for the OAM blades. The MGC-8 uses an ACCM/ADCM default
gateway configured using the TL1 command ED-ATCA-CHASSIS. Refer to the Rapport
MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide, 255-400-002 for more information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select the disk partition for the diskfull hosts from the following choices. Choose the
300G disk.
• lcp_base_147G for the 147G disks.
• lcp_base_300G for the 300G disks• storage_90_147G for the 147G disks that certain applications have requested.
• storage_175_300G for the 300G disks that certain applications have requested
Prepare for the LCP installation Complete the configuration worksheets
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-7
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 42/238
Complete worksheet 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Print out and complete Worksheet 2, located in Appendix B.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine and fill in a name for the System Name. The System Name is a string with amaximum length of 40 characters consisting of alphanumeric characters, dashes,
underscores, and spaces; for example, Westford_ATCA_02.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select 5060_MGC for Application(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Determine and fill in the System Prefix. The prefix name is a string having the value of up
to five (5) lowercase alphanumerical characters with the first character being an
alphabetical character; for example, atca2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Fill in the Internal Subnet as the default value of 169.254.0.0.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Determine the Time Zone for the location where the switch will be physically located. If
the system is being staged at a location other than the actual customer location, remember
to use the time zone that corresponds to the customer location. UTC is recommended for
the time zone.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Define one Externally Routable IPv4 Subnet by filling in the subnet name, subnet, and
netmask for one Externally Routable Subnet according to the following guidelines:
• The subnet name is a string of up to 16 alphanumerical characters, underscores,
dashes and spaces with the first character being an alphanumerical character.
• Determine the value for the gateway and the ports to be used in the hub for each
external subnet. The gateway refers to the destination IP address on the customer
equipment.
Place each external subnet on separate pairs of transport interfaces or place all the
external subnets on one pair of transport interfaces, or something in between. Fields
are provided for four external subnets.
Example:
mgmt, 152.148.184.0, 255,255,252,0, 1, Both Transport Rear
Interface -0.
Prepare for the LCP installation Complete the configuration worksheets
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 43/238
Note: See Worksheet 2 in Appendix B for a listing of the valid ports. The first three
interfaces (indicated below) are reserved ports. Consequently, they are not listed in
the configuration worksheet.
• Front Interface “2”: reserved for the APDU
• Front Interface “3”: reserved for port mirroring
• Rear Interface “7”: reserved for port mirroring
• Rear Interface “12”: reserved in ROETHAA rtm for port mirroring
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Note: The Hub SOL and SSH IP addresses cannot be in the internal subnet; but they
do not have to be in different external subnets. One recommendation is to have a
“secured” OAM subnet for them.
Both SOL and SSH IP configuration is optional.
Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SOL IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SSH IP address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SOL IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SSH IP address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Determine and fill in the NTP Server IPs....................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Leave the Solution Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Leave the Local Zone/LCP Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Leave the ENUM Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Leave the IPv4 address of the external DNS servers blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Leave the IPv4 IP address of the external ENUM server blank.
Prepare for the LCP installation Complete the configuration worksheets
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 44/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Leave the IPv4 static routes field (needed for different services) and the external subnet
(to be used as the gateway) blank regardless of co-host or non-co-host.
Complete worksheet 3A
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Print out and complete Worksheet 3A, which is located in Appendix B.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use the default NI type for both CNFG and MI. For each network interface (NI) type, fill
in the external subnet number. Whenever using default or NotConfigured value, leave the
IP Address column blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Provide the appropriate IP address . Use the external management IPv4 subnet (Subnet
#1) for CNFG and MI.
* Fill in the floating IP for CNFG.
* Fill in the floating IP and each member’s fixed IP for MI.
Prepare for the LCP installation Complete the configuration worksheets
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 45/238
Configure the laptop
Before you begin
You will complete the following sections to configure the laptop computer to be used for
the software installation procedure.Laptop requirements
The laptop computer must meet the following requirements:
• The laptop must be electrically plugged into a wall socket (AC power supply). It
cannot run on battery power alone.
• The laptop must have services that enable it to ping and ftp to external entities.
• The pc/laptop/LMT Ethernet interface must have a temporary IP and netmask of
169.254.127.2/16 (255.255.0.0) for communication to the system.
• The user must have “Administrator” privilege access to the laptop.
Cabling requirements
The system includes a mini-USB to female db-9 cable. Verify that you have also obtained
the following two temporary cables (defined as requirements in Chapter 1):
• Male db-9 to USB serial cable (this cable is not needed if your laptop already has a
db-9 port).
• Cat-5 ethernet cable
The installation procedure indicates where and when the temporary cables are used and
how to connect them.
Cable the laptop
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Load the appropriate drivers for the USB to male db-9 cable to the laptop and cable the
system.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect the USB-to-male db-9 cable to the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable. The USB
end connects to the laptop, while the mini-USB end connects to the faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Note: It is advisable to label the cables and note the cable-port information beforedisconnecting the cables.
Unplug all of the 1Gb ethernet cables that are connected to the blades.
There may be connections to RTM ports and to front face-plate connections.
Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-11
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 46/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 The inter-shelf cables (where applicable) are 10Gb and need to remain connected. The
connectors, UPL0 and UPL1, are on Hub front panel module.
Determine the serial port configured on the laptop
Loading the USB-to-male db-9 cable drivers on the laptop automatically configures a
port. Complete the following steps to determine which port was configured
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Click on Start > Settings > Control Panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Right click on System and click Open....................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select the Hardware tab from the System Properties window and click on Device
Manager.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click on the “+” to the left of Ports (COM & LPT) in the Device Manager window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Plug in the USB-to-male db-9 cable, or plug in the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable.
An entry appears with the words USB-to-Serial, and a port associated with it. For example, COM4. If connecting the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable, it will be COM1.
Make a note of the port used as it will be used in the following subsection.
Configuring the laptop for a serial connection running Windows XP
The following steps provide an example of how to configure the laptop for a serial
connection running Windows XP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Click Start > Programs > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type in any name and click on OK from the Connection Description window.
Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 47/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select (from the dropdown list) the serial com port that you determined in the previous
section (COM1 if the laptop has a db-9 port) from the Connect window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click on OK....................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Complete the following fields as indicated below:
a. Bits per second: 115200
b. Data bits: 8
c. Parity: None
d. Stop bits: 1
e. Flow control: None
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click on OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Save the file...from File, select Save As ...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Enter a file name and click on Save.
Configuring the laptop for an ethernet connection
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Configure the laptop with the IP address as indicated, regardless of the internal network to
be used in the system.
Note: Configure the laptop IP address using the following subsection that matches
your PC’s operating system (Windows 2000 or Windows XP).
Configuring the laptop IP address for systems running Windows 2000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Click Start > Settings > Network and Dial-up Connections.
Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-13
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 48/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Right click on Local Area Connection and then click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click on Use the following IP address button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Complete the following fields as indicated below:
IP address: 169.254.127.2
Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0
Default Gateway: leave blank
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click on OK to accept the field entries.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click on OK from the Internet Protocol Properties window.
Configuring the laptop IP address for systems running Windows XP
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Click Start > Settings > Network Connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 On the Network Connections window, right click on Local Area Connection and then
click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 On the Local Area Connection Properties window, click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
and then click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 On the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window, click on Use the following IP
address button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Complete the following fields as indicated below:
Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 49/238
IP address: 169.254.127.2
Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0
Default Gateway: leave blank
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click on OK to accept the field entries.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 On the Internet Protocol Properties window, click on OK .
Power on the shelf
Begin the installation
Verify that all of the necessary blades are installed in the shelf and that the shelf is
powered on. You are now ready to begin the installation process, proceed to Chapter 4,
“Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality”to continue.
Note: Do not connect the system to the customer network until directed to do so in
Chapter 10, “Final activities”.
What’s next?
Proceed to the next chapter
Now that the preparation procedures are complete, proceed to Chapter 4, “Configure
ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality” for instructions on
how to configure the Shelf Manager Cards (ShMCs) and jumpstart OAM Server A.
Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
3-15
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 50/238
Prepare for the LCP installation What’s next?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-16 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 51/238
4 4Configure ShMCs and
jumpstart the blade with
OAM server A functionality
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions for configuring the Shelf Manager Cards (ShMCs) and
for jumpstarting the blade with OAM server A functionality.
Contents
Introduction 4-1
Field re-installed software 4-3
ShMC IP configuration 4-4
Hub IP configuration procedure 4-5
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality 4-6
What’s next? 4-10
Introduction
Initial configuration
The procedures in this chapter take approximately 10-20 minutes to execute.
Important! DO NOT CONNECT the system to the customer network until directed
to do so in Chapter 10, “Final activities”.
Note: Once you initiate the procedures in this chapter, you must also complete the
procedures in Chapter 5, “Load transfer and pre-installation” prior to reaching a safe
break point in the installation process.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
4-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 52/238
Before you begin
Before you begin, isolate the system. Label and disconnect any ethernet cables that are
connected to the system.
You will need the following to complete these procedures:
•
The USB flash drive.• The load to be installed (downloaded as a zip file on the laptop).
• Access to the internal subnet that will be configured for this system. The default is
169.254.0.0/16 (255.255.0.0).
• Software Release Notes associated with the load. Ensure that the application specific
documents are available for reference.
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 53/238
Field re-installed software
Important! This section is for a field re-install only. If this is the first field installation
performed on the switch, skip this section and proceed directly to the “ShMC IP
configuration” (p. 4-4).
Procedure
Complete the following steps to re-install the LCP software:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the shelf 0 top ShMC is active. Log into the ShMC and run the following
command.
clia shmstatus
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Insert the serial cable between the laptop and the CP port of the blade with OAM server Afunctionality (shelf 0, slot 1 blade).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Login as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Set up the system for re-Field Install (you can ignore errors if there are any) as follows:
/opt/LSS/share/basecfg/factory/bin/prepReFieldInstall
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If there are no issues, the following message displays:
prepReFieldInstall executed successfully
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Field re-installed software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
4-3
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 54/238
ShMC IP configuration
Procedure
Complete the following steps to configure the IP address for the ShMC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Connect the serial cable on the shelf (top ShMC) to the RS port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Log into the shelf (top ShMC) as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify that the ShMC you logged into is active.
clia shmstatus
If the top ShMC is not active, run the following command.
clia switchover
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Is this a reinstallation without a subnet change?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES STOP. You have completed this procedure.
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Manually configure the shelf (top ShMC) IP address as follows:
a. If you are using the default internal subnet of 169.254.0.0, type the following:
ifconfig eth0:8 169.254.32.241 netmask 255.255.240.0
b. If you are NOT using the default internal subnet, replace <X.Y> in the following
command with your choice:
ifconfig eth0:8 <X.Y>.32.241 netmask 255.255.240.0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Verify that the procedure completed successfully as follows:
a. If you used the default internal subnet of 169.254.0.0, type the following:
ping -c 2 169.254.32.241
b. If you did not use the default internal subnet, type the following:
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
ShMC IP configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 55/238
ping -c 2 <X.Y>.32.241
Hub IP configuration procedure
Automatic retrieval
Hubs automatically retrieve their IP addresses from the blade with OAM server A
functionality.
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
ShMC IP configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
4-5
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 56/238
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Note: Complete the following steps to jumpstart the blade with OAM server A
functionality.
Prepare the shelf, first blade (slot 1) for jumpstart...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that you are still connected to the ShMC serial window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the shelf (slot 1 blade) is a diskfull blade by checking for the following:
• It has a FM016JB or a FM016JP label.
• It has one disk.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port of the blade with OAM server Afunctionality (slot 1 blade).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 From the ShMC window, reboot the slot 1 blade so that it recognizes the USB flash drive
as follows: .
clia boardreset 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Move the serial cable from the ShMC to the CP port of the blade with OAM server A
functionality.
Procedure to jumpstart
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the serial cable is connected to blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine the current time in UTC as follows: Goto https://tycho.usno.navy.mil/simpletime.html
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Once the blade has been rebooted (Step 4 of the previous procedure), login as root (no
password needed).
The following prompt appears:
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 57/238
<fctry-s15c01h0:JUMPSTART ENVIRONMENT (USB)>/root:
Set the date and time in UTC as shown in the following example:
date -s “Fri, Jan 8 2010 12:08:08 UTC”
(replace the data within quotes with the actual date and time where the system will be
physically located).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Jumpstart as follows:
a. If you used the default internal subnet of 169.254.0.0, type the following:
jumpstart
b. If you did NOT use the default internal subnet, replace <X.Y> with your choice and
type the following:
jumpstart --network <X.Y>.0.0
Note: Do not select accm or adcm service although they are shown in the selection
list. You will go to the growth procedures later in Chapter 9, “Provisioning of
ALGPv2 blades”.
Figure 4-1 Response example
<fctry-s15c01h0:JUMPSTART ENVIRONMENT (USB)>/root:
> jumpstart
Starting jumpstart of fctry-s15c01h0 at Fri Jan 4 08:39:44UTC 2013
Version=5.0
Hardware Clock updated to Fri Jan 4 08:39:46 UTC 2013.
Choose the applications for this office:
1) 0000 N4E
2) Standalone MGC-8/VSG-5025
3) 5060 IP Call Server
4) 5420 Converged Telephony Server
5) 5420 Service Continuity Gateway
6) 5450 IP Resource Controller
7) 5450 IP Session Controller
8) 9290 MMSI
9) 9380 WCS
10) 9471 MME
11) 9471 SGSN
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
4-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 58/238
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 2
Choose the applications for this office:
1) 0000 N4E
*2) Standalone MGC-8/VSG-5025
3) 5060 IP Call Server
4) 5420 Converged Telephony Server
5) 5420 Service Continuity Gateway
6) 5450 IP Resource Controller
7) 5450 IP Session Controller
8) 9290 MMSI
9) 9380 WCS
10) 9471 MME
11) 9471 SGSN
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99
Note: For services of the co-host MGC-8, you will select accm, cnfg and mi.
For services of the stand alone MGC-8, you will select cnfg and mi.
Choose the services for this slot:
1) accm
2) adcm3) cnfg
4) gjs
5) gos
6) mi
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 1
Choose the services for this slot:
*1) accm2) adcm
3) cnfg
4) gjs
5) gos
6) mi
98) Start over
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 59/238
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 3
Choose the services for this slot:
*1) accm
2) adcm*3) cnfg
4) gjs
5) gos
6) mi
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 6
Choose the services for this slot:
*1) accm
2) adcm
*3) cnfg
4) gjs
5) gos
*6) mi
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99
Choose one disk scheme
1) LCP_base_147G - Default LCP Scheme for 147GB disk
2) LCP_base_300G - Default LCP Scheme for 300GB disk
3) indapp_20_300G - 20GB indapp scheme for 300GB disk
4) storage_175_300G - 175GB storage scheme for 300GB disk
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 2
Choose one disk scheme
1) LCP_base_300G - Default LCP Scheme for 300GB disk
2) storage_175_300G - 175GB storage scheme for 300GB disk
98) Start over
99) Finished selecting values
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
4-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 60/238
Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99
Starting disk preparation using disk scheme 'LCP_base_300G'
Started...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Once the blade is successfully jumpstarted, login as root/newsys. The following prompt
displays.
<fctry-s15c01h0:root>/root:
What’s next?
Load transfer
Now that you have completed all of the procedures in this chapter, proceed to Chapter 5,
“Load transfer and pre-installation” and complete the load transfer and pre-installation
procedure prior to reaching a safe break point in the process.
Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 61/238
5 5Load transfer and
pre-installation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions for completing the load transfer and pre-installation
procedure.
Contents
Introduction 5-1
Load transfer and field installation procedure 5-2
Introduction
Complete all prior procedures
Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter, make sure that you have read and
completed all of the necessary procedures in the chapters leading up to this one. It is
important that the installation process is completed in the proper sequence.
The following procedure takes approximately 10-20 minutes to execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
5-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 62/238
Load transfer and field installation procedure
Procedure
Note: Slot 1 and 2 blades are configured as OAM servers.
Complete the following steps to execute the load transfer and pre-installation procedure:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the load zip file is on the laptop.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect an Ethernet cable to the laptop and to port ge0 on the blade in slot 1 with OAM
server A functionality (FM016JB/FM016JP). If OAM server was an NBRZAL, the port
should be ge4. At this point, you should still be connected to the OAM Server A serial
window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 From OAM Server A, verify IP connectivity to the laptop as follows:
ping -c2 169.254.127.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 From the laptop, FTP the zip file into the system.
As root, FTP the zip file to /data0 on the OAM Server A.
ftp -i 169.254.127.1
root
newsys
cd /data0
bin
hash
mput <ATCA.LCPXX.XX.XX.XX.zip>
mput <ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X.X.X.X.zip>
mput <XX_olv.zip>
bye...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 You will now return to the OAM Server A serial window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Execute the following script, which is found in the /usb directory:
Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 63/238
/usb/lcp_starter
The following message will appear:
<fctry-s15c01h0:root>/root:
> /usb/lcp_starter
***** Running lcp_starter at *****Mon Jan 14 14:22:584 UTC 2013
...
lcp_starter executed successfully.
Mon Jan 14 14:22:58 UTC 2013
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Connect the serial cable on the shelf (top ShMC) to the RS port. Log into the shelf (top
ShMC) as root.
Note: If the top shmc status is not active, prepOSA will fail. You must check statusand switch over if required
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Verify that the ShMC you logged into is active.
clia shmstatus
If the top ShMC is not active, run the following command.
clia switchover
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Ensure to remove the USB flash driver from the blade with OAM server A functionality
(slot 1 blade) prior to performing the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Prepare OAM Server A and begin the final field install script. You are prompted to enter
the ShMC password and Hub password. See Table 1–1, Login and Passwords to obtain
the appropriate password.
Note: If an error occurs during field install, you can use command
/data0/fi --action resume to rectify the error.
/data0/fi -n 1
The following is an output example:
<fctry-s15c01h0:root>/data0
>/data0/fi -n 1
***Executing: cat /usb/usb_version
cat /usb/usb_version
CP8.0 -- 03 Jan, 2013.
***Executing: find_shmc_ip()
Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
5-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 64/238
***Executing: redefine_shmc_ip()
...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Enter the SHMC password (it will assume the same for all SHMC).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Re-enter the SHMC password (it will assume the same for all SHMC).
Example:
14-11-04 10:55:05 :[fi_enable]: Command executed successfully!
***Executing: do_cleanup(install_lib.local_boot_host_list)
ssh qd25-s00c02h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c05h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c06h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c09h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c10h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c11h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstallssh qd25-s00c12h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
ssh qd25-s00c01h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall
***Executing: update_status("fi_completed")
remote_shell root qd25-s00c02h0 "rm -rf /data0/ATCA*.zip"
remote_shell root qd25-s00c02h0 "rm -rf /data0/*_LCP_*.zip"
fi has been completed successfully!
Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 65/238
6 6Configure blade with OAM
server A functionality
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions to configure the blade with OAM server A
functionality.
Contents
Introduction 6-1
Prerequisite procedure 6-2
Verify the system configuration 6-3
What’s next? 6-4
Introduction
Configuration prerequisite
Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter, make sure that you have read and
completed all of the procedures in the chapters leading up to this one. It is important that
the installation process is completed in the proper sequence.
The procedures in this chapter take approximately 30 - 70 minutes to execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
6-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 66/238
Prerequisite procedure
Procedure
Complete the following prerequisite procedures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that you are still connected to the serial window of the blade with OAM server A
functionality.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Refer to Table 1-1, “Login and passwords” (p. 1-4) to obtain the password for the blade
(OAMSA).
Configure blade with OAM server A functionality Prerequisite procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 67/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 68/238
hubconf_adm --action show_ssh_address4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the information retrieved does not match what you have defined in the Configuration
Worksheets, DO NOT continue with the installation until the information is corrected.
Please contact the next level of technical support for assistance.
What’s next?
Load installation and LCP check
Once you have confirmed the configuration of the blade with OAM server A functionality
as described in this chapter, you have reached a safe place in the installation to take a break if desired. When you are ready to proceed, continue to the next chapter.
Configure blade with OAM server A functionality Verify the system configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 69/238
7 7Load installation and LCP
check
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides the procedures to follow for the load installation and LCP check.
Contents
Introduction 7-1
Load installation procedure 7-2
Changing hub and ShMC login and password 7-3
LCP check procedure 7-4
IntroductionLCP installation sequence
Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter, be sure that you have read and
completed all of the procedures defined in the chapters leading up to this one. For a
successful installation, it is important that the LCP installation process is completed in the
proper sequence.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
7-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 70/238
Load installation procedure
Prerequisites
Verify the following.
1. Blade with OAM server A functionality has been successfully jumpstarted. (Note:OAM-B jumpstart is merged to aInstall.)
2. Verify that all blades are powered on.
The procedure in this section takes approximately 60 - 180 minutes to execute.
Procedure
Complete the following procedure for the load installation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Move the serial cable back to the CP port of the blade with OAM server A functionality.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the Hub SOL capabilities are going to be utilized, enter the following command,
otherwise continue to the next step.
Note: The following is one command. There is no space before hubUPG.log.
hub_adm -a config_all --enable_sol 2>&1|tee -a /data0/FLD/
hubUPG.log
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve the software version of the hub cards as follows.
hub_adm -a check_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Refer to the Software Release Notes to verify that the software version matches.
For software versions refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes,
255-400-006
• Chapter 1 Release components for the MGC-8 ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X version
• Chapter 4 Test results, for the LCP version tested with ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Plug the cable into the suitable port on HUB. Field Install is done now.
Load installation and LCP check Load installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 71/238
Changing hub and ShMC login and password
Procedure
Complete the following procedure to change the factory-defined hub login and password
and the ShMC login and password from root/alatcav2 to the following new login and password: root/newsys.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log into the shelf slot 7 hub (ssh <x.y>.0.112 where x.y=169.254 by default),
change the login and password to root/newsys, and exit.
passwd
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Log into the shelf slot 8 hub (ssh <x.y>.0.128 where x.y=169.254 by default),
change the login and password to root/newsys, and exit.
passwd
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify that you are now back on blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Log into the first shelf top ShMC (telnet <x.y>.32.241 where x.y=169.254 if
using the default), change the login and password to root/newsys, and exit.
passwd
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Log into the first shelf bottom ShMC (telnet <x.y>.32.242 where x.y=169.254 if
using the default), change the login and password to root/newsys, and exit.
passwd
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Verify that you are now back on blade 1.
Load installation and LCP check Changing hub and ShMC login and password
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
7-3
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 72/238
LCP check procedure
Prerequisites
Verify the that you are still connected to the OAM Server A window
Important! Please see technical support if any of the commands executed in thissection do not show the expected result.
Procedure
Complete the following steps for the LCP check. This procedure takes approximately
10-15 minutes to execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that RCC and VM are up and running as follows.
rcc_srv_state --action display --set ALL
Output should look similar to the following example.
> rcc_srv_state --action display --set ALL
Displaying host rcc status for set all hosts
Host Side Degrade Status
cnfg_0 pri No leadactive-none
mi_0 pri No leadactive-none
cnfg_0 alt No active-none
mi_0 alt No active-none
Displaying host vm status for set all hosts
Host Side Degrade Status
cnfg_0 pri No active-none
mi_0 pri No active-none
cnfg_0 alt No standby-hot
mi_0 alt No standby-hot
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify the health of the system as follows.
health --test field_install
Everything should be successful. The absence of failures indicates a healthy system.
Output should look similar to the following example.
> health --test field_install
Running all applicable tests ....
SKIPPING CPM TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED ...
SKIPPING CONNECTIVITY TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED...
SKIPPING REM STATE TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED...
Load installation and LCP check LCP check procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 73/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 74/238
Load installation and LCP check LCP check procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 75/238
8 8Growth and de-growth of
ALGPv2 blades
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions for growing and degrowing ALGPv2 (AxCM) blades
into the chassis. For the co-host MGC-8, only ADCM blades need to be grown anddegrown.
Contents
Introduction 8-2
Rules and restrictions 8-2
Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 8-4
Grow in the ADCM blades 8-13
Configure and enable CPM 8-20Backing up blade configuration 8-21
De-growth procedure 8-23
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 76/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 77/238
• Only one ACCM pair can be grown in on a MGC-8 ATCA chassis.
• For the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8, the ACCM pair can exist in the following
range of slots (3-6) or (9-14).
ADCM growth rules
•
ADCM blades can be grown in duplex pairs (for example (pool size = 2).• An ALGPv2 configuration can have anywhere from zero to four pairs of ADCM
blades for non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8, and from zero to five pairs of ADCM
blades for co-host MGC-8.
• ADCM pairs are grown after ACCMs, so they can be grown into the following range
of slots: 3-6 or 9-14.
• The ADCM service will be the only service configured in the host. For example,
ADCM cannot coexist with any other service.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Rules and restrictions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 78/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 79/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Run the following command to re-generate and install configuration.
svcconf_adm --action generate_host_all && applconf_adm --action
generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Run the following command to re-generate and install configuration.
svcconf_adm --action install_host_all && applconf_adm --action
install_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Run the following commands to generate SCDT data and sync the configDB after the
application name change.
syncConfigDB -f -l
scdm_adm --action sync_config
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 On MI-B (OAM-B, blade 2), run the following commands.
applconf_adm --action generate_host_all
svcconf_adm --action generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Connect the console cable to active OAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Check to see whether the MI is running.
MIvmstate
The MIvmstate result should be “A”\ (active)
If the MI is running, login as lss to stop and restart the MI as follows.
>su -l lss
>stopMI
>startMI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Enter the following command to exit.
exit
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-5
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 80/238
ACCM growth procedure
Complete the following steps to grow in the host pair of ACCM blades.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.
MIcmd state vc
• state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
• state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
• state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
If the primary VM is standby, call MIcmd switch vc to switchover and then
call MIcmd state vc again to verify.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run the following command to save the backup files.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname)
Check the result as follows:
rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname)...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 For each of the blades to be grown in, run
isolate_card -s <shelf number> -c <card number>
For example:
>isolate_card -s 0 -c 3
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.112 PORT=17 OID=9
interfaces,ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.9 = 0
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.128 PORT=17 OID=9
interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.9 = 0>isolate_card -s 0 -c 4
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.112 PORT=19 OID=7
interfaces,ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.7 = 0
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.128 PORT=19 OID=7
interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.7 = 0
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 81/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the blade to be grown in is not seated in the shelf yet, plug the blades into the shelf
now.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Run lcp_hostgrow and fill in the card type, service type, redundancy type, shelf and slotnumbers for the blades that are grown in.
lcp_hostgrow
Example:
<qd20-s00c01h0:root>/root:
# lcp_hostgrow
lcp_hostgrow is a tool used to prepare SIM host files
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim.data
for growing one or more service(s) on the existing
card(s). Enter the shelf, card and host number for
the card pair, then enter the service type(s) for
the card pair.
You can use ^C (CTRL + C) at any time to
safely abort this interactive script.
******************************************************************
* Interactive Mode *
******************************************************************
Side A: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 82/238
Side A: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6, 9-14 ]: 5
Side B: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0
Side B: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6, 9-14 ]: 6
The allowed service types are as follows:
accm
adcm
gjs
gos
Enter the service(s) (seperated by space) for host growth: accm
Below are the disk scheme and ID for target host:
1) LCP_base_147G,rear:1
2) LCP_base_300G,rear:1
3) indapp_20_300G,rear:1
4) storage_175_300G,rear:1
Please input number associated with the valid disk scheme: 2
You are now ready to begin SIM.
The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
You could manually tail sim.log after SIM begins by:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
Type 'y' to begin host growth; type 'n' to exit host growth: y
SIM began successfully.
<qd25-s00c01h0:root>/root:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Run tail sim.log until the following message is seen in the SIM log.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 83/238
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
01/01/13 19:48:02 SIM053 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE
!!! STOP !!!
Both the growth blades need to be booted from network.
Look for memory check on console or on SOL window
and type 'n' during the memory check to force network boot.
If the memory check is not seen, login to the growth
hosts and type 'reboot'. Now during reboot, type 'n'.
After the host comes up and the login prompt is seen,
resume SIM by typing on the MI,
sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume
Type 'y'.
]
13/02/01 19:48:02
13/02/01 19:48:02************************************************************
13/02/01 19:48:02 SIM PROGRESS (lcp_hostgrow apply):
13/02/01 19:48:02************************************************************
13/02/01 19:48:02 53 of 111 sim steps executed (47%)
13/02/01 19:48:02************************************************************
13/02/01 19:48:02
13/02/01 19:48:02 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are
complete.13/02/01 19:48:02
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Log in to the active ShMC as root. Execute the following command to verify that the
ShMC is active and to determine the status of the blades.
clia shmstatus
Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter
Host: "Active"
# clia board 3
Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter
Physical Slot # 3
92: Entity: (0xa0, 0x60) Maximum FRU device ID: 0x02
PICMG Version 2.2
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 84/238
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
92: FRU # 0
Entity: (0xa0, 0x60)
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
Device ID String: "BMR-H8S MOLENE"
92: FRU # 1
Entity: (0xc0, 0x60)
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
Device ID String: "RTM"
#...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Ensure that the hot swap state of the cards was shown as active in the previous step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Was the hot swap state inactive?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES The blades must be powered on
Execute the following command from the active ShMC.
clia activate board 3
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Note: To complete this step, you must be logged in through the console port, a
terminal server hosting the console port of the blades, or through a SOL console
session.
Log into each blade to be grown. Open the terminal server session and the SOL console
session for the blades. If the blade is at login prompt, log into the blade as root and rebooteach blade from network. This is done during the memory check and pressing n for each
blade.
You may see the output of bios (memory check and so forth) whether in terminal server
session or SOL console session during host boot up.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 85/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Wait for the login prompt and log in as root. If the Jumpstart prompt is seen, execute the
following command on OAM to resume SIM.
sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume
Output example:
> sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume
***********************************************************************
* Software Installation Manager(SIM) *
***********************************************************************
rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostgrow/lcp_hostgrow.xml
data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostgrow
log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
The current 'apply' of the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure is notfinished.
47 of 99 sim steps completed (47%)
Ready to 'resume' the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure 'apply':
Continue? (y/n) y
Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume '...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 To monitor the sim lcp_hostgrow procedure's log file use the following command.:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.logOutput example:
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 The sim 'update' procedure currently has
no 'rollback' to reset.
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096_end (SUCCESS)
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_begin [seclogger 'GROWTH COMPLETEDSUCCESSFULLY!']
[pid=8618] (lcp_hostgrow:906)
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_end (SUCCESS)
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM098 [GROWTH SIM RULES COMPLETED!!!!!] (lcp_hostgrow:909)
13/02/01 01:00:39
13/02/01 01:00:39 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostgrow apply'
13/02/01 01:00:39 99 of 99 sim steps completed (100%)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Reboot each ACCM card using the following command on each card:
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-11
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 86/238
reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Run the following command for the health check.
health --test all
Because CPM was disabled previously, chk_cpm will fail. Ignore chk_connectivity errors.
If cables are not connected to the HUB, chk_connectivitymay also fail. Do not
continue if there are other errors.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Execute the following command.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Execute the following command to allow MI switchover.
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Execute the following command to check status.
rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname)
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone)MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 87/238
Grow in the ADCM blades
Procedure
If you have ADCM blades to be grown in, complete the following steps; otherwise,
continue to the next section to synchronize the database....................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.
MIcmd state vc
• state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
• state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
• state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
If the primary VM is standby, call MIcmd switch vc to switchover and then
call MIcmd state vc again to verify.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run the following command to save the backup files.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname)
Check the result as follows.
rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 For each of the blades to be grown in, run
isolate_card -s <shelf number> -c <card number>
For example:
>isolate_card -s 0 -c 5SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.112 PORT=17 OID=9
interfaces,ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.9 = 0
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.128 PORT=17 OID=9
interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.9 = 0
>isolate_card -s 0 -c 6
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.112 PORT=19 OID=7
interfaces,ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.7 = 0
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-13
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 88/238
SHELF=0 HUB=169.254.32.128 PORT=19 OID=7
interfaces.ifTable.ifEntry.ifAdminStatus.7 = 0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the blade to be grown in is not seated in the shelf yet, plug the blades into the shelf
now.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Run lcp_hostgrow and fill in the card type, service type, redundancy type, shelf and slot
numbers for the blades that are grown in.
lcp_hostgrow
Example:
<qd20-s00c01h0:root>/root:
# lcp_hostgrow
lcp_hostgrow is a tool used to prepare SIM host files
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim.data
for growing one or more service(s) on the existing
card(s). Enter the shelf, card and host number for
the card pair, then enter the service type(s) for
the card pair.
You can use ^C (CTRL + C) at any time to
safely abort this interactive script.
******************************************************************
* Interactive Mode *
******************************************************************
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 89/238
Side A: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0
Side A: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6, 9-14 ]: 5
Side B: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0
Side B: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6, 9-14 ]: 6
The allowed service types are as follows:
accm
adcm
gjs
gos
Enter the service(s) (seperated by space) for host growth: adcm
Below are the disk scheme and ID for target host:
1) LCP_base_147G,rear:1
2) LCP_base_300G,rear:1
3) indapp_20_300G,rear:1
4) storage_175_300G,rear:1
Please input number associated with the valid disk scheme: 2
You are now ready to begin SIM.
The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
You could manually tail sim.log after SIM begins by:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
Type 'y' to begin host growth; type 'n' to exit host growth: y
SIM began successfully.
<qd25-s00c01h0:root>/root:
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-15
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 90/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 91/238
# clia board 5
Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter
Physical Slot # 5
92: Entity: (0xa0, 0x60) Maximum FRU device ID: 0x02PICMG Version 2.2
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
92: FRU # 0
Entity: (0xa0, 0x60)
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
Device ID String: "BMR-H8S MOLENE"
92: FRU # 1
Entity: (0xc0, 0x60)
Hot Swap State: M4 (Active), Previous: M3 (Activation InProcess), Last
State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0)
Device ID String: "RTM"
#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Ensure that the hot swap state of the cards was shown as active in the previous step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Was the hot swap state inactive?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES The blades must be powered on
Execute the following command from the active ShMC.
clia activate board 5
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Note: To complete this step, you must be logged in through the console port, a
terminal server hosting the console port of the blades or through a SOL console
session.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-17
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 92/238
Log into each blade to be grown. Open the terminal server session and the SOL console
session for the blades. If the blade is at login prompt, log into the blade as root and reboot
each blade from network. This is done during the memory check and pressing n for each
blade.
You may see the output of bios (memory check and so forth) whether in terminal server
session or SOL console session during host boot up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Wait for the login prompt and log in as root. If the Jumpstart prompt is seen, execute the
following command on OAM to resume SIM.
sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume
Output example:
> sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume
**************************************************************************
* Software Installation Manager(SIM) *
**************************************************************************
rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostgrow/lcp_hostgrow.xml
data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostgrow
log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
The current 'apply' of the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure is notfinished.
47 of 99 sim steps completed (47%)
Ready to 'resume' the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure 'apply':Continue? (y/n) y
Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume '...
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 To monitor the sim lcp_hostgrow procedure's log file use the following command.:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.log
Output example:
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 The sim 'update' procedure currently hasno 'rollback' to reset.
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096_end (SUCCESS)
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_begin [seclogger 'GROWTH COMPLETEDSUCCESSFULLY!']
[pid=8618] (lcp_hostgrow:906)
13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_end (SUCCESS)
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-18 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 93/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 94/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 95/238
Backing up blade configuration
Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board
unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y . It is N by default.
The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet
localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on using the ACT-USER command.
Procedure
You should back up the blade before degrow because all provisioning may be lost.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Are you logged into the blade?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for
TL1.
Then log on using the ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve chassis provisioning using the RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS TL1 command and make
note of provisioning.
Command RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve blade provisioning using the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command and make note
of provisioning.
Command RTRV-ATCA-EQPT;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Are you going to use TL1 or OMC-P?
IF . . . THEN . . .
TL1 Then continue to the next step.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Backing up blade configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-21
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 96/238
IF . . . THEN . . .
OMC-P Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Gateway Platform Switch Upgrade/Backup/Restore
Overview chapter in the COM User Guide, 255-400-400 and follow instructions.
When you finish, return to “De-growth procedure” (p. 8-23).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Save the current configuration before the blade de-growth.
Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[TID]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>,
<username>,<password>,<destdir>,[<suppressoutput>
],[<tmout>],[<xferprtcl>];
Command Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192.168.xxx.xxx,root,newsys,/
home,,,ftp;
The above is an example. You should use the correct values for your application.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Wait for a response that the backup completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Did the backup fail?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Contact Technical Support.
NO You have completed this procedure.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Backing up blade configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-22 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 97/238
De-growth procedure
Introduction
These procedures provide the steps to de-grow or remove blades.
For a duplex pair, the de-growth must be executed for both blades in the pair. You cannotde-grow a single blade in a pair.
If you are going to de-grow ACCMs, ADCMs must be removed first.
Attention: Removal of blades can disrupt service.
Traffic should be disabled on blades before they are removed.
Preparing for ADCM degrowth
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Has the ADCM been provisioned?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p. 8-34).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If you are not logged in to use TL1, from the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the
following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the active or working ACCM blade for TL1.
Then log on using the ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Determine the chassis type using the RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS command.
RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Determine the slots and the blades they contain type using the RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE
command.
RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE;
Make note of the slot or slots where ADCMs are installed and the associated poolId. In
the following example, ADCM blades are installed in slots 5 and 6 and the poolId is 3..
Telica> RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE;
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-23
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 98/238
telica 2010-07-11 00:22:10
M 0 RTRV
"SHELF-0-ACM-3:CARDTYPE=ACCM,POOLID=1,SWVERSION=8.2.1.0.0.37:IS,ACT"
"SHELF-0-ACM-4:CARDTYPE=ACCM,POOLID=1,SWVERSION=8.2.1.0.0.37:IS,
STBYH""SHELF-0-ACM-5:CARDTYPE=ADCM,POOLID=3,SWVERSION=8.2.1.0.0.37:IS,
ACT"
"SHELF-0-ACM-6:CARDTYPE=ADCM,POOLID=3,SWVERSION=8.2.1.0.0.37:IS,STBYH"
"SHELF-0-ACM-9:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UAS"
"SHELF-0-ACM-10:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UAS"
"SHELF-0-ACM-11:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UEQ&UAS"
"SHELF-0-ACM-12:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UEQ&UAS"
"SHELF-0-ACM-13:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UEQ&UAS"
"SHELF-0-ACM-14:CARDTYPE=NULL,POOLID=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL:OOS,UEQ&UAS"
/* RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE */
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 What is the chassis type?
IF . . . THEN . . .
ATCA_MGC “Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC”
(p. 8-28)
ATCA_VSG_MGC Continue to “Unprovisioning the ADCM of anATCA_VSG_MGC” (p. 8-24).
Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_VSG_MGC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve signaling links of SLKL2 using the RTRV-STG-SLKL2 command.
RTRV-STG-SLKL2;
Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove.
In the following example signaling links for the ADCM in slot 5 are, 51, 111, 121, 122,
313 and 323.
RTRV-STG-SLKL2
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-24 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 99/238
"51:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-17,M2UAIID=51,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=3,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=CHINA,LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=1"
"111:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-16,
M2UAIID=111,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=1,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI,LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=2"
"121:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-3-DS0-5,M2UAIID=121,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=1,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI,LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=2"
"122:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-7-DS0-6,M2UAIID=122,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=1,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI,LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=2"
"313:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-23,M2UAIID=313,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=2,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ITU,
LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=1"
"323:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED,TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-15,M2UAIID=323,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,SLKL2PRFLID=2,MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ITU,LNKSPEED=64K,LSSULEN=1"
/* RTRV-STG-SLKL2 */
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve signaling links of SLKL3 using the RTRV-STG-SLKL3 command.
RTRV-STG-SLKL3;
Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove and thestate. Also note if there are any M2PAASSOCIDs.
In the following example signaling links for the ADCM in slot 5 are, 51, 111, 121, 122,
313 and 323 and they are all IS. All M2PAASSOCIDs are NULL
RTRV-STG-SLKL3
"51:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=51,LSETID=51,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=1,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
"111:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=111,LSETID=111,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=0,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
"121:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=121,LSETID=121,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=0,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-25
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 100/238
"122:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=122,LSETID=121,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=1,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
"313:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=313,LSETID=313,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=1,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
"323:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND,PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL,M2PAASSOCID=NULL,M2UAIID=323,LSETID=323,MTP3PRFLID=1,SLC=2,SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL,ENABLEMTP3T31=Y,RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS,"
/* RTRV-STG-SLKL3 */
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Place each IS signaling link ID to OOS using the ED-STG-SLKL3 command.
ED-STG-SLKL3::51::::oos;
Repeat the command for every IS signaling link ID.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Delete each OOS signaling link ID using the DLT-STG-SLKL3 command.
DLT-STG-SLKL3::51;
Repeat the command for every OOS signaling link ID identified previously.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Delete each L2 signaling link ID using the DLT-STG-SLKL2 command.
DLT-STG-SLKL2::51;
Repeat the command for every L2 signaling link ID identified previously.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Retrieve signaling links of SLKAAL5 using the RTRV-STG-SLKAAL5 command.
RTRV-STG-SLKAAL5;
Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Were there any SLKAAL5 signaling links?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Go to Step 9.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-26 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 101/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 102/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Are there any M3UA associations of the ADCM?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Go to Step 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Place all M3UA associations of the ADCM to OOS using the ED-MGC-M3UAASSOC
command.
ED-MGC-M3UAASSOC::1-1:::OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Delete all M3UA associations using the DLT-MGC-M3UAASSOC command.
DLT-MGC-M3UAASSOC::1-1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Continue to “Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC” (p. 8-28).
Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve the properties of the association between a MGC-8 and a media gateways using
the RTRV-MGC-MGASSOC command.
RTRV-MGC-MGASSOC;
Locate the responses in which the poolId is the same as the poolId of the ADCM to be
de-grown. Note the mgName values associated with the poolId of the ADCM to be
de-grown.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve the identities of the media gateways associated with a configured realm using the
RTRV-REALM-MGASSOC command.
RTRV-REALM-MGASSOC;
Locate the responses in which the mgName of realmMgAssoc is an MG identified in the
previous step. Note the value of the realmId .
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-28 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 103/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Delete all realms associated with MGs identified in the previous step using the
DLT-REALM-MGASSOC command.
DLT-REALM-MGASSOC::REALM-"realm16"-MGNAME-a751014bgw18;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Retrieve lists of media gateways using the RTRV-LIST-MG command.
RTRV-LIST-MG;
Note the mgListName that is applicable to the ADCM to be de-grown. The first part is the
mgList and the second part is index. The MG name should be an MG you identified in
Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Retrieve lists of SIP servers using the RTRV-LIST-SIPSRVR command.
RTRV-LIST-SIPSRVR;
Note the sipSrvrListAid that is applicable to the ADCM to be de-grown. The first part is
the sipSrvrList and the second part is index.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Retrieve the mapping rules that govern how the SIP redirect server maps incoming SIP
calls to a list of media gateways using the RTRV-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR command.
RTRV-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR;
Note the sipSrvrMapAddrAid and the ACTION, which is an MG name that you identified
in Step 1....................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Delete the mapping rules that govern how the SIP redirect server maps incoming SIP calls
to a list of media gateways using the DLT-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR command.
DLT-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR::SDPCON-10.84.2.70;
Use the sipSrvrMapAddrAid that you identified previously.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Retrieve the properties of a route using the RTRV-ROUTE command.
RTRV-ROUTE;
Note the mgList that you identified in Step 4 and the associated rtId .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Delete a route using the DLT-ROUTE command.
Use the rtIds that you identified in the previous step.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-29
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 104/238
DLT-ROUTE::SIPP9062-0;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Retrieve the mapping of specific connection and origin addresses using the
RTRV-MGC-MGMAPADDR command.
RTRV-MGC-MGMAPADDR;
Note the tgn that is associated with the mgList that you identified in Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Delete the mapping of specific connection and origin addresses using the
DLT-MGC-MGMAPADDR command.
DLT-MGC-MGMAPADDR::TGN-8310-SDPCON-DEFAULT-SDPORIG-DEFAULT;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Delete the sipSrvrList identified in Step 5 using the DLT-LIST-SIPSRVR command.
DLT-LIST-SIPSRVR::SIPSRVRLIST1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Delete the MG lists identified in Step 4 using the DLT-LIST-MG command.
DLT-LIST-MG::MGLIST1-x;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Delete the CAS lines associated with the MGs identified in Step 1 using the
DLT-CAS-LINE command.
DLT-CAS-LINE::WF1_BGW4;...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN interface using the RTRV-ISDN-IF command.
RTRV-ISDN-IF;
Note the ifnum that is associated with the mgName that you identified in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN link using the RTRV-ISDN-LINK command and the
ifnum that you identified in the previous step
RTRV-ISDN-LINK::3031;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN B channel using the RTRV-ISDN-BCHAN command.
RTRV-ISDN-BCHAN::3031;
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-30 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 105/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Delete the properties of an ISDN B channel using the DLT-ISDN-BCHAN command.
DLT-ISDN-BCHAN::3031-1&&-31;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Delete the properties of an ISDN link using the DLT-ISDN-LINK command
DLT-ISDN-LINK::3031-1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Delete the properties of an ISDN interface using the DLT-ISDN-IF command.
DLT-ISDN-IF::3031;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Delete each association between the IUA subsystem in a MGC-8 and a remote media
gateway using the DLT-MGC-MGIUA command.
DLT-MGC-MGIUA::a751013tgw19;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Retrieve the properties for an IVT trunk using the RTRV-IVT-TRK command.
RTRV-IVT-TRK;
Note the ivtTrkAid that is associated with the mgName that you identified in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Delete each IVT trunk identified in the previous step using the DLT-IVT-TRK command.
DLT-IVT-TRK::4022-1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk.
Retrieve information about an SS7 trunk using the RTRV-SS7-TRK command.
RTRV-SS7-TRK::<SS7 TRUNK AID>;
Note the SS7 trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and
the primary state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Change the primary state of the SS7 trunks to OOS using the ED-SS7-TRK command.
ED-SS7-TRK::9013-25:::MGNAME=a751013tgw01:OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 Delete the SS7 trunks using the DLT-SS7-TRK command.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-31
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 106/238
DLT-SS7-TRK::9013-25;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk.
Retrieve information about a CAS SS7 trunk using the RTRV-CAS-TRK command.
RTRV-CAS-TRK::3303;
Note the CAS trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and
the primary state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28 Change the primary state of the CAS trunks to OOS using the ED-CAS-TRK command.
ED-CAS-TRK::3301-1:::MGNAME=a751013tgw01:OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 Delete the CAS trunks using the DLT-CAS-TRK command.DLT-CAS-TRK::3301-1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk.
Retrieve information about a BICC trunk using the RTRV-BICC-TRK command.
RTRV-BICC-TRK::8000;
Note the BICC trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and
the primary state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 Change the primary state of the BICC trunks to OOS using the ED-BICC-TRK command.
ED-BICC-TRK::8001-1397:::MGNAME=bgw80:OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32 Delete the BICC trunks using the DLT-BICC-TRK command.
DLT-BICC-TRK::8001-1397;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
33 Place each association identified in Step 1 OOS using the ED-MGC-MGASSOC command.ED-MGC-MGASSOC::a751014bgw18::::OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34 Delete each association identified in Step 1 using the DLT-MGC-MGASSOC command.
DLT-MGC-MGASSOC::a751014bgw18;
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-32 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 107/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35 Continue to “Unprovisioning common features of the ADCM ” (p. 8-33).
Unprovisioning common features of the ADCM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Delete IP routes of the ADCM blade using the DLT-IPROUTE command.
DLT-IPROUTE::SHELF-0-ACM-5-<destIpAddr>-<subnetMask>;
Substitute the correct value for destIpAddr and subnetMask .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Is the chassis type equal to ATCA_MGC?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p. 8-34).
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve parameters for E1 and T1 ports using the RTRV-E1 or RTRV-T1command.
RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1;
RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2;
RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1;
RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Place all ports OOS using the ED-E1 or ED-T1command. command.
ED-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-E1-<port>::::OOS;
ED-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-E1-<port>::::OOS;
ED-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-<port>::::OOS;
ED-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-T1-<port>::::OOS;
Substitute the correct value, 1-8, for port .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Delete all OOS ports using the DLT-E1 or DLT-T1command. command.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-33
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 108/238
DLT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-E1-<port>;
DLT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-E1-<port>;
DLT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-<port>;
DLT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-T1-<port>;
Substitute the correct value, 1-8, for port .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Using the following TL1 commands, remove the AMCSS7.
RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1;
RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2;
RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-1;
RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-2;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Using the following TL1 command, delete the AMCSS7.
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1;
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2;
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-1;
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-2;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Continue to “De-growing ADCMs” (p. 8-34).
De-growing ADCMs
To de-grow (remove) ADCM blades from the MGC-8 chassis, complete the following
steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Note: Ignore the expected error messages when you run the following commands.
Using the following TL1 command, remove the standby ADCM to shutdown the
ALGPv2 applications on the ADCM to be removed.
RMV-EQPT::<STBY-ADCM>;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Using the following TL1 command, delete the standby ADCM.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-34 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 109/238
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::<STBY-ADCM>;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Using the following TL1 command, remove the active ADCM to shutdown the ALGPv2
applications on the ADCM to be removed.
RMV-EQPT::<ACT-ADCM>;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Using the following TL1 command, delete the active ADCM.
DLT-ATCA-EQPT::<ACT-ADCM>;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.
MIcmd state vc
Verify:
• state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
• state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
• state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Was the primary VM standby?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Run the following command to switchover.
MIcmd switch vc
NO Go to Step 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Then run the following command again to verify.
MIcmd state vc
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Run the following command to save the backup files.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Run the following command for the health check.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-35
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 110/238
health --test all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Check the result using the following command.
rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the blade with OAM server functionality.
lcp_hostdegrow
Figure 8-1 Example
Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the the blade with OAM
server functionality.
# lcp_hostdegrow
lcp_hostdegrow is a tool used to prepare sim host files
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.data
for de-growing one card pair. Enter the shelf and card number forone
side (A or B) for the host pair.
You can use ^C (control-C) at any time to safely abort thisinteractive script.
Enter the SHELF number [0-1]: 0
Enter the CARD number [1..6,9..14]: 5
Removing the following line(s) from MTCE data:
qd05-s00c05h0;10.25.64.80;0;5;0;node;A;qd05-
s00c06h0;FMO16JB;RPCMHDDA;local;NA;NA;NA
qd05-s00c06h0;10.25.64.96;0;6;0;node;B;qd05-
s00c05h0;FMO16JB;RPCMHDDA;local;NA;NA;NA
servicetype=adcm shelf1=0 card1=5 shelf2=0 card2=6
ALGPv2 start de-growth rule checksALGPv2 de-growth rule checks successfully
You are now ready to begin SIM.
The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.log
You could manually tail sim.log after SIM begins by:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.log
Type 'y' to begin host degrowth; type 'n' to exit host degrowth:y
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-36 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 111/238
***********************************************************************
* Software Installation Manager(SIM) *
**********************************************************************
*********
rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostdegrow/lcp_hostdegrow.xml
source data directory:
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data
data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostdegrow log file:
/storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.log
*** WARNING ***
The sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure will be '(re)applied' from thebeginning.
If you continue, no further actions will be allowed based on the
procedure's current state.
Ready to 'apply' the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure from thebeginning:
Continue? (y/n) y
Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostdegrow --action apply --no_prompt'...
To monitor the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure's log file use:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.log
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Tail the sim.log to verify that the de-growth procedure succeeded until you seeCOMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostdegrow apply'.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.log
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Re-run the following command to save the backup files.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Enable MI switchover as follows.
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Now the LED on the de-grown blades has turned blue and it is safe to remove the blades.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-37
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 112/238
De-growing ACCMs
Note: This procedure is not applicable for a co-host MGC-8 chassis.
To de-grow (remove) ACCM blades from the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 chassis,
complete the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Have you already removed the ADCM blades?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p. 8-34) and complete procedure before
continuing with the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Using the following TL1 command, remove the standby ACCM to shutdown the ALGPv2
applications on the ACCM to be removed.
RMV-EQPT::<STBY-ACCM>;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run the following command to shutdown the ALGPv2 applications on the active ACCM
to be removed:
pkill -9 emf
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.
MIcmd state vc
Verify:
• state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
• state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
• state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Was the primary VM standby?
IF . . . THEN . . .
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-38 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 113/238
YES Run the following command to switchover.
MIcmd switch vc
NO Go to Step 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Then run the following command again to verify.
MIcmd state vc
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Run the following command to save the backup files.
create_ht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Run the following command for the health check.
health --test all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Check the result using the following command.
rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the blade with OAM server functionality.
# lcp_hostdegrow
lcp_hostdegrow is a tool used to prepare sim host files
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv.data
/var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.data
for de-growing one card pair. Enter the shelfand card number for one side (A or B) for the host pair.
You can use ^C (control-C) at any time to
safely abort this interactive script.
Enter the SHELF number [0-1]: 0
Enter the CARD number [1..6,9..14]: 5
Removing the following line(s) from MTCE data:
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-39
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 114/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 115/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Now the LED on the de-grown blades has turned blue and it is safe to remove the blades.
Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
8-41
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 116/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 117/238
9 9Provisioning of ALGPv2
blades
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions for provisioning (initial) the AxCM blades, configuring
the AMC SS7 cards for signaling functionality, and also provides information on how to perform some tests.
Contents
Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades 9-2
Provisioning AMC SS7 cards 9-9
Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks 9-11
Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting 9-15
Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which itcommunicates
9-18
What’s next 9-19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 118/238
Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
Introduction
Complete the following sections to provision the ACCM and ADCM blades.
Procedure
Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board
unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y . It is N by default.
The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet
localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on using the
ACT-USER command.
Complete the following procedure to provision the ACCM blades.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Execute the following command on blade 1, in order to enable ACCM/ADCM services.
/opt/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --action enable_service
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Is the MGC-8 a non-cohost (standalone) or co-host configuration?
IF . . . THEN . . .
non-cohost
(standalone)
Log into blade 1 or 2. Then SSH to the active and standby ACCM blades.
co-host Log into blade 1 or 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the following command to reboot each blade.
reboot
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the blade was rebooted, wait until it comes up to complete this step.
Verify that emf is up in each blade as follows.
pidof emfFigure 9-1 Example of a successful response
<mh52-s00c04h0:root>/root:
< pidof emf
11461<mh52-s00c04h0:root>/root:
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 119/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Did you receive a successful response message from each blade?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Contact Technical Support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 From the OS of the odd ACCM blade, enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to establish a TL1 session with the odd
ACCM blade.
Once the dialogue starts, hit escape key once to get the Telica prompt.
1999-2014 Alcatel-Lucent Inc.
Telica>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 In the TL1 session, enter the command act-user::uid:::pid; substituting the user
or login name for uid and the password for pid . The default uid is telica and the default
pid is telica.
ACT-USER::telica:::telica;
The pid will display as asterisks (*).
Figure 9-2 Login example
Telica> act-user::telica:::******;
telica 2012-07-31 23:01:23
* 0 REPT EVT SESSION
"telica:N,,
/* NOTICE: This is a private computer system.
Unauthorized access or use may lead to prosecution.
Last login: Wed Aug 31 22:52:21 2011
Session Identifier: [telica-19]Total number of active sessions for user telica is 1
This is the WORKING System Processor */"
/* REPT-EVT-SESSION */
;
telica 2012-07-31 23:01:23
M 0 COMPLD
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 120/238
;
Telica>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Is the ACCM identified as WORKING or PROTECTION?
IF . . . THEN . . .
WORKING Go to Step 13
PROTECTION Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Execute the CANC-USER command to terminate the TL1 session.
CANC-USER;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Is the MGC-8 a non-co-host (standalone) or co-host configuration?
IF . . . THEN . . .
non-co-host
(standalone)
From the OAM-server, SSH to the even ACCM blades.
co-host Log into blade 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 From the OS of the even ACCM blade, enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to establish a TL1 session with the
even ACCM blade.
Once the dialogue starts, hit escape key once to get the Telica prompt.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 In the TL1 session, enter the command ACT-USER::uid:::pid; substituting the user
or login name for uid and the password for pid . The default uid is telica and the default
pid is telica.
ACT-USER::telica:::telica;
The pid will display as asterisks (*).
The login screen should identify the ACCM as WORKING.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 121/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Do you want to enable telnetAccess? By default telnetAccess is disabled
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Enter the following command to enable telnetAccess.
ED-SYS-SECU:::::TELNETACCESS=Y;
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Enter the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command to verify that the ACCM blades are coming
up IS, UAS&ACT/STBYH
RTRV-ATCA-EQPT;
telica 2012-12-28 14:54:03
M 0 RTRV
"SHELF-0-ACM-3:VIRTUALSLOT=NULL,MODULETYPE=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL,
CARDTYPE=NULL,REDUNDANCY=NULL,POOLID=NULL,MEMTHRESHOLD=NULL,
NVMEMTHRESHOLD=NULL,BUSYTHRESHOLD=NULL,EMIPV4FIXED=NULL,
EMIPV4FLOATING=NULL,EMIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,EMFAILOVERTMR=NULL,
SIGAIPV4FIXED=NULL,SIGAIPV4FLOATING=NULL,SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,
SIGAFAILOVERTMR=NULL,SIGBIPV4FIXED=NULL,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=NULL,
SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,SIGBFAILOVERTMR=NULL:IS,UAS&ACT"
"SHELF-0-ACM-4:VIRTUALSLOT=NULL,MODULETYPE=NULL,SWVERSION=NULL,
CARDTYPE=NULL,REDUNDANCY=NULL,POOLID=NULL,MEMTHRESHOLD=NULL,
NVMEMTHRESHOLD=NULL,BUSYTHRESHOLD=NULL,EMIPV4FIXED=NULL,
EMIPV4FLOATING=NULL,EMIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,EMFAILOVERTMR=NULL,SIGAIPV4FIXED=NULL,SIGAIPV4FLOATING=NULL,SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,
SIGAFAILOVERTMR=NULL,SIGBIPV4FIXED=NULL,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=NULL,
SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL,SIGBFAILOVERTMR=NULL:IS,UAS&STBYH"
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Note: The recommended installation is to use the rear ports, however, the front ports
can also be used.
Enter the TL1 command ED-ATCA-CHASSIS to assign the port for mgt0, siga, and sigb
interface if necessary.
Example:ED-ATCA-CHASSIS:telica::100::CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC, SIGAPORT=
REAR_GE0,SIGBPORT=REAR_GE1,EMPORT=REAR_GE2;
The ACCM/ADCM mgt0 must use the same transport that the OAM Server uses as its
management subnet (and must be in the same subnet). For example, if on Worksheet 2,
the transport interface is designated as “Both Front Interface-0” the EMPORT must be
“FRONT_GE0”.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 122/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Run the ENT-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command (twice) for each of the ACCM blades to be
provisioned.
Note: If you do not know the MODULETYPE run the ipmitool fru command to
retrieve the Board or Product Part Number for the ACCM card. Because the part
number is twelve characters and the MODULETYPE must be ten characters, ignore
the last two characters.
Example:
ENT-ATCA-EQPT::shelf-0-acm-3:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB, SWVERSION=
9.X.X.X.X.X.,CARDTYPE=ACCM,REDUNDANCY=DX,POOLID =1,EMIPV4FIXED=
152.148.185.196,EMIPV4FLOATING=152.148.187.196,EM IPV4NTWKMASK=
22,SIGAIPV4FIXED=152.148.169.196,SIGAIPV4FLOATIN G=
152.148.171.196,SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=22,SIGBIPV4FIXED=152.148.173.
196,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=152.148.175.196,SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=22;
Example:ENT-ATCA-EQPT::shelf-0-acm-4:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB, SWVERSION=
9.X.X.X.X.X.,CARDTYPE=ACCM,REDUNDANCY=DX,POOLID =1,EMIPV4FIXED=
152.148.186.196,EMIPV4FLOATING=152.148.188.196,EM IPV4NTWKMASK=
22,SIGAIPV4FIXED=152.148.170.196,SIGAIPV4FLOATIN G=
152.148.172.196,SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=22,SIGBIPV4FIXED=152.148.174.
196,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=152.148.176.196,SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=22;
Comment: Substitute the correct version for 9.X.X.X.X.X.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Run the following TL1 command to reset the blades for the provisioning to take affect.
INIT-ATCA-SYS::1:::10;
Note: Observe the following.
1. The INIT-ATCA-SYS; command will terminate all dialogues with the ACCMs.
2. Although you are required to run the ENT-ATCA-EQPT command twice; once for
each of the ACCM blades to be provisioned, you only need to run the
INIT-ATCA-SYS command one time to reset both blades.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 You must open a TL1 session.• If you enabled telnetAccess in Step 13, you can Telnet using the EMIPV4FLOATING
address provisioned in Step 16. Then continue to the next step.
• If you did not enable telnetAccess in Step 13, you must execute Step 6 to Step 12 and
then return to Step 20
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 123/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 In the TL1 session, enter the command act-user::uid:::pid; substituting the user
or login name for uid and the password for pid . The default uid is telica and the default
pid is telica.
ACT-USER::telica:::telica;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Do you need to provision ADCM blades?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Go to Step 22.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Note: If the switch is a VSG_MGC and already has M3UA or external M2UA
provisioned, then the ADCM(s) should be place OOS so the M3UA and external
M2UA can be provisioned before the ADCM(s) is placed IS.
Run ENT-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command for each of the ADCM blades to be provisioned.
The blades will automatically reboot.
To provision the ADCM blades, you use the same TL1 command (ENT-ATCA-EQPT)
with the following changes:
• CARDTYPE=ADCM
• POOLID=<value greater than 1>
Example:
ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB,SWVERSION=
9.X.X.X.X.X,CARDTYPE=ADCM,REDUNDANCY=dx,POOLID=3,EMIPV4FIXED=
192.168.xxx.xxx,EMIPV4NTWKMASK=24,SIGAIPV4FIXED=10.11.27.4,
SIGAIPV4FLOATING=10.11.27.6,SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=24,SIGBIPV4FIXED=
10.175.21.4,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=10.175.21.6,SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=24;
Comment: Substitute the correct version for 9.X.X.X.X.X.
Repeat this step for other ADCM blades.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Verify the status of the blades using the following TL1 command.
RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE;
Verify that the final status of the ACCM blades are shown as IS,ACT and IS,STBYH.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 124/238
Repeat this step until the blades show a status of IS,ACT and IS,STBYH and then
continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Verify the properties of the chassis using the following TL1 command.
RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS;
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 125/238
Provisioning AMC SS7 cards
Before you begin
The AMC SS7 cards provide the signaling functionality and can be provisioned on both
ACCM and ADCM blades.• For the processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP), the AMC SS7 iSPAN3640 AMC
product part number is H03640001A0X
Procedure
Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board
unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y . It is N by default.
The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet
localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on using the
ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Do you know the moduleType of the card?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to Step 4
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect the cable to the CP port of the card for which you need to know the moduleTypeand then enter the following command.
ipmitool fru
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If DS1s or E1s will be used, ensure the cables are connected correctly
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1.
Then log on using the ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Using TL1, provision the AMC SS7 card for Release 9.X.X, by entering the following
TL1 commands
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provisioning AMC SS7 cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 126/238
Example:
ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03639011C,
CARDTYPE=AMCSS7,REDUNDANCY=SX:IS;
Example:
ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-4-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03639011C,
CARDTYPE=AMCSS7,REDUNDANCY=SX:IS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Do you want to test the T1s or E1s using loopbacks?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to “Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks” (p. 9-11).
NO Continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Do you want to provision the T1s or E1s?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Operations Guide, 255-400-000, Part IX:
Provisioning a MGC-8/VSG, Chapter 75, Provisioning Modules of a MGC-8.
NO Go to “What’s next” (p. 9-19).
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provisioning AMC SS7 cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 127/238
Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks
Summary
This procedure provides the steps to test a non-traffic carrying switch equipped with DS1s
or E1s. Unit level testing of connections verifies wiring and installation and test theintegrity of the looped ports of modules. This procedures assume that the chassis and
modules have been properly installed and that power, signaling and alarm cabling have
been connected.
These procedures should be completed before the modules are provisioned for service.
Before you begin
You should have knowledge of entering TL1 commands and of their usage. You can find
more information about TL1 command syntax, system responses in the Rapport MGC-8
ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide, 255-400-002.
You must have the following equipment.
• Laptop or PC
• ESD wrist strap
• Test set for loop testing
The following must be true.
• Blades to be tested must not be provisioned
• You know the distance from the equipment to the cross-connects.
• You know the default line parameters. You can determine these by retrieving the line
parameters, for example, using the RTRV-T1::SHELF-0–ACM-5–AMCSS7–1; or RTRV-E1::SHELF-0–ACM-5–AMCSS7–1; command or you can reference the
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide, 255-400-002.
Executing loopbacks
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure you have logged into a TL1 session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the RTRV-INFO-EQPT command
Example: RTRV-INFO-EQPT::SHELF-0–ACM-2–AMCSS7–1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the blade to be tested using loopbacks with the ENT-ATCA-EQPT command.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-11
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 128/238
Example:
ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03640001A00 ,
CARDTYPE=AMCSS7,REDUNDANCY=SX:IS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Configure the T1 or E1 facility line out of service using the ENT-T1 or ED-T1 commandor the ENT-E1 or ED-E1 command.
Note: Observe the following.
• IFTYPE should be set to USER since the MGC-8 ATCA chassis does not support
a Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS) source. NETWORK should only be
used if there is no timing provided by the T1/E1 (DS1) line.
• OMODE should be set to NORM during a loopback operation to avoid injecting
AIS when the T1/E1 is OOS.
Syntax: ENT-T1:[TID]:<ds_id>:[CTAG]::[EQLZ=<eqlz>],[FMT=<fmt>],
[LINECDE=<linecde>],[OMODE=<omode>],[TMGREF=<tmgref>],
[IFTYPE=<iftype>]:[<pst>],[<sst>];
Example: ENT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1:::EQLZ=0,FMT=SF,LINECDE=
B8ZS,OMODE=NORM,IFTYPE=USER:OOS;
Syntax: ENT-E1:[TID]:<ds_id>:[CTAG]::[EQLZ=<eqlz>],[FMT=<fmt>],
[LINECDE=<linecde>],[OMODE=<omode>],[TMGREF=<tmgref>],
[IFTYPE=<iftype>]:[<pst>],[<sst>];
Example: ENT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-E1-2:::FMT=DF,LINECDE=HDB3,
OMODE=NORM,IFTYPE=NETWORK:OOS;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify the line entry by using the RTRV-T1 command.
Example RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1;
Example: RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-E1-2;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Put the port in loopback by issuing the OPR-LPBK-T1 or OPR-LPBK-E1 command with
the parameters for your loopback.
Syntax: OPR-LPBK-T1/E1:[TID]:<lpbk_id>:[CTAG]::[<locn>],[<orgn>],
[<intext>],[<lpbktype>];
Example: OPR-LPBK-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1;
Example: OPR-LPBK-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-2-E1-1;
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 129/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Connect the test patch cables at the test set and at the cross-connect for the port to be
tested.
• Connect the test set transmit (TX) output jack to the channel IN jack at the
cross-connect.
• Connect the test set receive (RX) input jack to the channel OUT jack at the
cross-connect.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Configure the test set transmission controls according to the customer's policy for testing
T1 or E1 ports. Reference the test set's manual.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Did the test set run error free for the time specified by the customer's policy for the T1 or
E1 line?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Verify port settings and cabling and go to Step 7.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Note: You can only release a loopback with the same locn and lpbktype as the
loopback that was initiated with the OPR command. If you issue the
OPR-LPBK-T1::XX:::FEND,,,LINE; command, you must use the
RLS-LPBK-T1::XX:::FEND,,,LINE; command to release the loopback, notRLS-LPBK-T1::XX:::NEND,,,LINE;.
Release the T1 or E1 loopback using the RLS-LPBK command.
Syntax: RLS-LPBK-T1/E1:[TID]:<lpbk_id>:[CTAG]::[<locn>],[<orgn>],
[<intext>],[<lpbktype>];
Example: RLS-LPBK-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1;
Example: RLS-LPBK-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-2-E1-1;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Do you want to loop another port?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to Step 6.
NO Continue to the next step.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-13
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 130/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Do you want to provision the T1s or E1s?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Go to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Operations Guide, 255-400-000, Part IX:
Provisioning a MGC-8/VSG, Chapter 75, Provisioning Modules of a MGC-8.
NO Go to “What’s next” (p. 9-19).
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 131/238
Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting
Before you begin
Use this procedure after the ATCA is connected to the network.
Check the MGC-8 management and/or signaling interface
Note: Management and signaling interfaces are defined by ED-ATCA-CHASSIS in
the section "Growth and provisioning of ALGPv2 blades."
Use the following procedure to verify that the MGC-8 management or signaling interface
is set to full duplex mode.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log in to the interface.
Example:
<mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root:# ssh mgc8-s00c07h0-1
Last login: Tue Apr 10 07:21:30 2012 from 169.254.32.16
Linux 2.6.10_mvlcge401-pc_target-x86_pentium3 #7 SMP Mon Oct 17 10:54:12
Welcome to MontaVista(R) Linux(R) Carrier Grade Edition 4.0 (0600995)
root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Telnet to port 2000 of the interface. Only one telnet session to port 2000 is allowed at one
time.
Example:
root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# telnet localhost 2000
Trying 127.0.0.1...
Connected to localhost.localdomain.
Escape character is '^]'.
expander>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If FRONT_GEX is used as the management or signaling interface, switch to the “base>”
prompt. If REAR_GEX is used, switch to the “expander>” prompt.
Note: The “expander>” prompt is the default prompt for “telnet localhost 2000.” The
prompt does not need to be changed if the management and signaling interfaces are on
REAR_GEX.Example1:
expander>2:
base>
Example2:
base>0:
expander>
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-15
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 132/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Use “ps” to list the interfaces' status, then check the “speed/duplex” column of the
management and signaling interfaces. If any of them are set to half duplex mode, please
contact Technical Support. If not, go to Step 1 to check another interface. If both
interfaces have been checked, go to Step 6.
The ps command output is as follows:
Table 9-1 Port to physical interface mapping
Port Physical interface
ge11 FRONT_GE0
ge10 FRONT_GE1
ge8 FRONT_GE3
ge0 REAR_GE0
ge1 REAR_GE1
ge2 REAR_GE2
ge3 REAR_GE3
ge6 REAR_GE4
Example:
expander>ps
ena/ speed/ link auto STP lrn inter max
port link duplex scan neg? state pause discrd ops faceframe
ge0 up 100M FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge1 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge2 up 100M HD SW Yes Forward None FA SGMII 1518
ge3 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge4 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge5 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge6 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge7 down - SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA SGMII 1518
ge8 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge9 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge10 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge11 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge12 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge13 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge14 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge15 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge16 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-16 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 133/238
ge17 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge18 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge19 down 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge20 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge21 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge22 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518
ge23 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward TX RX None FA GMII 1518xe0 up 10G FD SW No Forward None FA XGMII 16356
xe1 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward None FA XGMII 16356
Note: ge2 (REAR_GE2) is in half duplex (HD) mode in the previous example.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Exit from telnet and ssh.
Example:
expander>exit
Connection closed by foreign host.
root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~#
root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# exitlogout
Connection to mgc8-s00c07h0-1 closed.
<mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root:
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-17
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 134/238
Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEswith which it communicates
Before you begin
Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local boardunless the SYS-SECUcommand parameter telnetAccess is set to Y. It is set to N by
default. The user must first SSH ( ssh <hostname> ) to the ACCM blade, and then
run “telnet localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on
using the ACT-USER command.
Check the network IP address(s)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the IP address and network mask of the management/signaling interface on each
ACCM and ADCM with RTRV-ATCA-EQPT.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check the IP address of other NEs with which MGC-8 communicates.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Does the NE stay in the same subnet with the management or signaling interface?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Continue to theWhat's Next? section that follows.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Use TL1 to provision an extra route for each pair of ACCM and ADCM using
theENT-IPROUTEcommand.
For example, if the ACCM has the following output,:
SHELF-0-ACM- 2:VIRTUALSLOT=2,MODULETYPE=3CM03285JB,SWVERSION=
9.1.0.1.SP.2,CARDTYPE=ACCM,REDUNDANCY=DX,POOLID=1,MEMTHRESHOLD=
90,NVMEMTHRESHOLD=70,DISKMAJORTHRESHOLD=85,DISKCRITICALTHRESHOLD=
95,BUSYTHRESHOLD=85,EMIPV4FIXED=192.168.xxx.xxx,EMIPV4FLOATING=192.168.xxx.xxx,EMIPV4NTWKMASK=28,EMFAILOVERTMR=180,
SIGAIPV4FIXED=10.84.17.130,SIGAIPV4FLOATING=10.84.17.131,
SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=27,SIGAFAILOVERTMR=180,SIGBIPV4FIXED=
10.84.17.162,SIGBIPV4FLOATING=10.84.17.163,SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=27,
SIGBFAILOVERTMR=180,SIGCIPV4FIXED=10.84.16.114,SIGCIPV4FLOATING=
10.84.16.115,SIGCIPV4NTWKMASK=28,SIGCFAILOVERTMR=180,
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEswith which it communicates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-18 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 135/238
SIGDIPV4FIXED=NULL,SIGDIPV4FLOATING=NULL,SIGDIPV4NTWKMASK=0,
SIGDFAILOVERTMR=180,SIGAIPV6FIXED=NULL,SIGAIPV6FLOATING=NULL,
SIGAIPV6NTWKPREFIX=0,SIGBIPV6FIXED=NULL,SIGBIPV6FLOATIN G=NULL,
SIGBIPV6NTWKPREFIX=0:IS,ACT
And, the NE stays in the same subnet with the management interface, which is
192.168.xxx.xxx/xxx, then the following command is
needed:ENT-IPROUTE::SHELF-0-ACM-1-192.x.x.x- 8:::GATEWAY=
192.168.xxx.xxx,GATEWAYPING=ENABLED;
Note: The Gateway IP address should be in the same subnet as MGC-8 management
interface and must be accessible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Exit from telnet and ssh.
Example:
expander>exit
Connection closed by foreign host.root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~#
root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# exit
logout
Connection to mgc8-s00c07h0-1 closed.
<mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root:
What’s next
Final activities
Proceed to the next chapter to complete the final activities required for the field
installation.
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEswith which it communicates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
9-19
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 136/238
Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades What’s next
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-20 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 137/238
10 10Final activities
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides the procedures to follow for the final activities and graceful
shutdown.
Contents
Introduction 10-1
Final activities 10-2
Graceful shutdown 10-5
What’s next? 10-6
Introduction
Installation sequence
Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter, be sure that you have read and
completed all of the procedures defined in the chapters leading up to this one. For a
successful installation, it is important that the installation process is completed in the
proper sequence.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
10-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 138/238
Final activities
Important! The spanning tree feature is not supported in the current ALGPv2
product. Using this type of protocol will cause port failure. Therefore, the ports on the
equipment that connects to the hub cards must have the spanning tree protocol
disabled!
Complete the field installation
The procedures in this section take approximately 5-10 minutes to execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Complete the following steps to complete the field installation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Disconnect the Ethernet and serial cable from blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Connect the cables from the customer network to the appropriate ports in the hubs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Connect the cables to the Base T port on the hubs (port x10) for SOL and SSH.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Congratulations! You have successfully field-installed the LCP and ALGPv2 software.
Please note the following:
• The SOL for the blades with OAM server functionality have been configured and
activated as part of this procedure. Refer to Appendix D for usage information.• Refer to the Release Notes to see if any additional steps are needed.
Resetting the laptop and removing the exception from the browser
This section provides instructions that will enable you to reset the laptop back to its
original settings.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Open an IE browser window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Go to Tools > Internet Options ....
Final activities Final activities
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 139/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select the Connections tab on the Internet Options window, and click on the LAN
Settings ... button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click on the Advanced button on the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window....................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Locate the Exceptions section at the bottom of the screen on the Proxy Settings window
and remove the 169* entry, then click on OK.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click on OK on the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click on OK on the Internet Options window.
Removing static IP from the laptop
The following procedure will undo the setting changes that you performed in the
“Mandatory prerequisite procedures” (p. 3-1) of Chapter 3, “Prepare for the LCP
installation” and will enable you to reset the laptop back to its original settings.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Click on Start > Settings > Network Connections....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 On the Network Connections window, right click on Local Area Connection and then
click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 On the Local Area Connection Properties window, scroll down and click on Internet
Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties and then click on Properties.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 On the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP Properties window, click on the Use an IP addressautomatically radio button, then click on OK.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Back on the Local Area Connection Properties window, click on OK.
Final activities Final activities
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
10-3
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 140/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 141/238
g. Remove the two “Primary Partitions.”: Place the cursor on the either of the “Primary
Partition” and then right-click. Select “Delete Partition…” and answer Yes.
h. Right-click on remaining partition (Unallocated) and select “New Partition …” A new
“New Partition Wizard” window appears.
i. Accept all defaults by clicking “Next” (5 times) and then “Finish”. The USB drive will
now be reformatted back to the earlier format.
Graceful shutdown
Power management
If you need to power down the system (for example, because you staged the customer
system in a different location and you now need to power it off for shipment to the
customer), it must be done in a graceful and orderly manner. Please refer to the Power
Management chapter of the Alcatel-Lucent 5400 Linux Control Platform Hardware
Maintenance, 270-702-030 manual for instructions on how to perform this operation.
Please refer to the related customer documentation for instructions on how to perform this
operation.
Final activities Final activities
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
10-5
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 142/238
What’s next?
Upgrade scenarios
If you need to remove blades from the chassis, refer to Chapter 8, “Growth and de-growth
of ALGPv2 blades”. If you need to upgrade or patch the software, refer to Chapter 11,“Upgrade scenarios and procedures”.
Final activities What’s next?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 143/238
11 11Upgrade scenarios and
procedures
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the various upgrade scenarios applicable to upgrading LCP and
ALGPv2 software on the MGC-8. Additionally, it provides the procedures necessary tocomplete each type of upgrade.
If you are upgrading both LCP and ALGPv2, software, you will perform the “Upgrade
both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software” (p. 11-6) procedure. If you are
upgrading ALGPv2 only, refer to the "Upgrade the ALGPv2 software" section.
If you are upgrading only the ALGPv2, software, you will perform the “Upgrade the
ALGPv2 software” (p. 11-15) procedure.
If you are performing a cold upgrade, you will use an offline database conversion tool to
perform the cold upgrade. Refer to the “Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software”
(p. 11-20) procedure.
Upgrade notes
Note: When performing a hot upgrade from R8.3.0 and higher, stop supervision for
the MGC-8 Network Element from the COM prior to the upgrade. Once the upgrade
is complete and before restarting supervision, check that the correct versions of LCP
and MGC-8 are selected, and supervision.
Note: This chapter contains a number of Software Installation Manager (SIM) step
examples. The actual number of SIM steps required may vary depending on the
configuration.
Contents
Upgrade scenarios 11-2
Upgrade requirements 11-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 144/238
Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI 11-3
Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different
releases
11-4
Upgrade both the LCP software and the A LGPv2 software 11-6
Upgrade the ALGPv2 software 11-15
Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software 11-20
Upgrade scenarios
LCP and ALGPv2 upgrade scenarios
The MGC-8 software comprises both the LCP base platform and the ALGPv2 software.
Depending on how the LCP software is to be upgraded, the following upgrade scenarios
are possible.• Scenario 1 — Both the LCP base platform software and the ALGPv2 software
require upgrade. Complete “Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2
software” (p. 11-6).
• Scenario 2 — Only the ALGPv2 software requires an upgrade. Complete “Upgrade
the ALGPv2 software” (p. 11-15) procedure.
• Scenario 3 — Both software releases requires a cold upgrade. Complete “Cold
upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software” (p. 11-20) procedure.
Upgrade requirements
Upgrade sequence and LCP software format
Blade with OAM server functionality must be updated prior to performing an upgrade of
ALGPv2 blades. The LCP side provides the script or API to update the LCP base platform
software on the application service hosts. All scripts will be run on the blade with OAM
server B functionality.
The LCP software versions follow the format of Rrr.xx.yy.zz where:
• rr is the Release number
• xx is the Major number
• yy is the Minor or Maintenance number
• zz is the Patch or Sub number
The upgrade procedures in this chapter assume that you are upgrading to the LCP version
for this release and ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X or greater. Refer to the MGC-8 System
Release Notes for the LCP release number.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 145/238
Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI
Prerequisites
The COM GUI can be used to download the LCP and ALGPv2 software. Refer to the
COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide part number 255-400-462 for information.
Before performing a software upgrade from the COM GUI, the following tasks must be
performed and verified:
1. Verify that the rmtadm account was created successfully on the MGC-8 OAM Server
B.
2. Verify that the SSH configuration task was performed successfully. Refer to Appendix
D in the COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide for information on
how to configure SSH to support communication between the following accounts
without a password: COM:root -> OAM Server B:rmtadm and
OAM Server B:rmtadm -> COM:sxmcftp
Download software from the COM repository server
Procedures for downloading the LCP and ALGPv2 software using the COM GUI can be
found in the COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide.
Once the download is complete, go to the /storage/loads directory on OAM Server
B to verify that the software was downloaded.
Upgrade the software using the COM cut through window
Perform the following tasks to upgrade the LCP and ALGPv2 software:1. From the COM cut-through window, log in as rootto OAM Server B.
2. Unmanage or stop supervision for the MGC-8 network element from the COM before
upgrading LCP and ALGPv2.
3. Use the upgrade procedures described in the following paragraphs to upgrade your
software.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 146/238
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 147/238
Provisioning through the TL1 Craft interface
TL1 commands not in DNR list
• When provisioning TL1 commands on the active side through the TL1 craft interface
in active-active GR or active-standby GR mode, the TL1 must be replicated to the
peer switch.
– Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the peer switch
is unreachable, causes replication to fail. Provisioning is successful on one side by
default. Run the GR difference to resolve the difference after the peer switch is
reachable.
Note: When the GR pair is on a different release, the replication fails if the TL1
entered on the switch is not accepted by its peer switch. Roll back does not occur
when replication fails.
– Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the switch is
not synchronized on COM , results in provisioning operations not reflecting on
COM, even if the operations are successful on the TL1 craft interface. The
replication will not occur either.
– Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the switch is
synchronized, results in the provisioning operations reflecting on COM and the
replication is also successful.
• The TL1s are not replicated to the peer side when provisioning on the standby switch
in the active-standby GR is through the TL1 craft interface.
TL1s in the DNR list
• The TL1s are not replicated to the peer side.
Scenarios that do not support Rollback
• TL1 is entered through the TL1 craft interface
• Bulk-download operation
– When the GR pair is on a different release, it is not recommended to do a
bulk-download on COM. Using a lower release TL1 format in bulk-download
script may result in a successful replication. When doing bulk-download on the
active switch in active-active GR mode or active-standby GR mode, if the TL1s in
the script are not accepted by the peer switch, the replication fails.
• Special TL1 commands. Large data with bulk operation on COM does not support roll
back.
– ED/DLT-SS7-TRK, ED/DLT-CAS-TRK, ED/DLT-BICC-TRK, ED/DLT-IVT
with more than 1 record
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are ondifferent releases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 148/238
Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
Upgrade Scenario 1
Complete the following procedures to upgrade both the LCP base platform software and
the ALGPv2 software (Scenario 1).Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board
unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y . It is N by default.
The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet
localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on using the
ACT-USER command.
An acceptance test plan should have been created. An acceptance test plan contains tests
required to validate a successful update. The scope and/or capabilities covered by the test
are left to the discretion of the user. The test plan should be broad enough to ensure that
all functions will work prior to and after the update.
Stage the server
Attention: Software Evolution Key for Upgrading the LCP Platform Software
A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade. This
key is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software. The evolution key
is also not needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do
not change. For example an upgrade from 25.15.31.05 to 25.15.31.06 will not require
an evolution key.
Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114. You must know the
LCP version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you areupgrading to determine the required key.
Attention: Software License for the ALGPV2 Software
A software license is required to use the ALGPV2 software. Information on how to
obtain a software license is described in Appendix G: Software License Key Delivery
Infrastructure (LKDI).
Complete the following steps to stage the server for the upgrade.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 As root, FTP the LCP/ALGPV2/DEFT zip files to the /storage/loads directory on theMI-B (OAM Server B). Use the latest version.
If you need to download the files, refer to Chapter 1, “System requirements”, “Installing
the MGC-8 software” (p. 1-5) for directions.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 149/238
Note: The LCP software upgrade tool requests that only the files listed below for the
current upgrade be present in the /storage/loads directory on MI-B. If multiple
monolithic zip files are found for either LCP or ALGPv2, the LCP software upgrade
script will fail and request a clean up of the extra files.
Files to download:
• 9-X-X-X for MGC-8 , (ALGP9XXXX.tar.zip which must be unzipped to obtain
ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X.X.zip)
• ATCA.RXX.XX.XX.XX (ATCA.LCPXX.XX.XX.XX.zip)
• ATCA.DEFT.RXX.XX.XX.XX (See following.)
• The MGC-8 Software License file (MGC8LicenseFile.txt), which is optional at this
stage but recommended.
The deft or deftC file to be used depends upon the upgrade path. If you are upgrading
from
• One major release to the next one, such as:
– R24.26.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the . deft_R24.26.XX_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R23.29.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R23.29.XX_R25.15.XX,zip
file.
– R24.15.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R24.15.XX_R25.15.XX,zip
file.
– R24.21.XX to R25.15.XX, you will need the deftC_R24.21.XX_R25.15.XX.zip
file.
• A minor release or patch such as:
– R25.15.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deft_R25.15.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zipfile.
– R25.10.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.10.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.11.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.11.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.12.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.12.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– R25.13.XX, to R25.15.XX,, you will need the deftC_R25.13.XX,_R25.15.XX,.zip
file.
– The MGC-8 Software License file (MGC8LicenseFile.txt), which is optional at
this stage but recommended.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify the blade with OAM server B functionality is standby by entering the following
command.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 150/238
MIcmd state vc
> MIcmd state vc
state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Is the blade with OAM server B functionality in Standby?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO Enable an MI switchover by entering the following.
MIcmd switch vc
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify the health of the system.
health --test all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Backup the LCP system on MI-B as follows.
bkup_system
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Are you logged in to use TL1?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO In a second window, log into MI-B as root.
Then from the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for
TL1.Then log on using the ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Verify the chassis type is ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC, as follows:
rtrv-atca-chASSIS;
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 151/238
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC,CLLI=NULL,LOC=NULL,SIGAPORT=REAR_GE1,SIGBPORT=REAR_GE2,SIGCPORT=REAR_GE3,SIGDPORT=REAR_GE4,EMPORT=FRONT_ GE0,DNSIP1=NULL,DNSIP2=NULL,DNSNAME=NULL,EMTOS=NULL,SIGATOS=NULL,SIGBTOS=NULL,SIGCTOS=NULL,SIGDTOS=NULL,UPGRADESTATE=NORMAL,INTERNALBTS=N,SIGAIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGAIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGAIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGAIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGBIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,
SIGBIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGBIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGBIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGCIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGCIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGDIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGDIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,EMIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,EMIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SYSTEMID=BS0915U09SU,SIGCIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGCIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGDIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGDIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,EMIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,EMIPV6GWPING=DISABLED"
/* RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS */
If the chassis type is not ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC, stop the HUG procedure
and change your chassis type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Verify that the IP filter is disabled.
rtrv-sys-seCU
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:MAXINV=5,DURAL=0-0-30,TMOUT=30,PRELOGINTIMEOUT=2,PASSWDEXPALERT=7,PASSWDCHGFREQ=20-HR,HEARTBEAT=0,TCPCONNENABLED=Y,ALMQPORT=2363,
ALMQTMO=0,EMPORT=2362,EM1IP=NULL,EM2IP=NULL,IPFLTRENABLED=N,EVENTINTERVAL=150,XFERPRTCL=SFTP,TL1INTRUSIONPOLICY=BLOCK&FREEZE,TL1PASSWDMAXREUSE=6,TL1PASSWDCOMPLX=ENHANCED,TELNETACCESS=N,ACTTMOUT=0,INACTIVELOG=60,PASSWDMAXCHARREPEAT=1,PASSWDMAXCHARUID=2,PASSWDMAXCHARPREVPWD=3,PASSWDMAXCHARSEQ=2,PASSWDMINLEN=8,PASSWDMINLOWERCASE=1,PASSWDMINUPPERCASE=1,PASSWDMINDGTS=1,PASSWDMINSPECIAL=1,AUTHPOLICY=LOCAL-LOCAL,IPFLTRCONNTRACK=Y,MAXSES=1"
/* RTRV-SYS-SECU */
If the IPFLTRENABLED parameter is not N, use TL1 to change it to N.ed-sys-seCU:qd08::100:: IPFLTRENABLED=N;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Verify prompt mode for TL1 is enabled. Verify that ED-SYS-TL1 PROMPTMODE=Y. To
ensure the upgrade completes successfully, the SIM tool needs to have PROMPTMODE=Y
(ESC key required to invoke the telnet session).
Telica> RTRV-SYS-TL1; 5060mgc8_2 2014-03-28 09:24:44
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:TLNTCNTRLOPT=Y,PROMPTMODE=Y"
/* RTRV-SYS-TL1 */ ;;
If the PROMPTMODE=N, enter the following command to set PROMPTMODE=Y:ED-SYS-TL1:::::PROMPTMODE=Y;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Verify any scheduled backup is disabled.
RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT
M 0 COMPLD
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 152/238
"COM:24-HR,09-23,22-30,30"
/* RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT */
;
Telica> SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR,0-1,22-30,30;
If a scheduled backup is not disabled, use TL1 to disable it
SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR,0-1,0-0,30;...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Verify there are no outstanding alarms.
rtrv-alm-ALL;
If there are outstanding alarm, evaluate and clear them as necessary. Refer to the Rapport
MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide , 255-400-019 for alarm
clearing information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Verify there are no outstanding conditions.
rtrv-conD-ALL;
If there are outstanding conditions, evaluate and clear them as necessary. Refer to the
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide, 255-400-019 for
condition clearing information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Verify if a scheduled exercise is inhibited.
RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3;
M 0 COMPLD
"SHELF-0-ACM-3:0-HR,0-0,0-0,,ALL,SWTOPROTN,ALW"
/* RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT */
If a scheduled exercise is allowed, use TL1 to change it to inhibited.
inh-ex-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Run the following TL1 command to back up the ALGPv2 data.
Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[<TID>]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>,
<username>,<password>,<destdir>,[<suppressoutput>],
[<tmout>],[<xferPrtcl>];
Note: The following is an example. You should use the correct values for your application.
Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192.168.xxx.xxx,root,newsys,/home,,,
ftp;
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 153/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Note: This step should be executed on MI-B while logged in as root.
Determine if CPM is enabled by entering the following command.
cpmconf_adm --action show_activated
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Was 'CPM activated = 1' displayed?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step,
NO On the active the blade with OAM server functionality, enable cpm by entering
the following commands.
scdw_adm --action pre_enable_cpm
scdw_adm --action enable_cpm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Run the LCP pre-install procedure under /storage/loads on MI-B.
zipinstall /storage/loads/ATCA.LCPXX.XX.XX.XX.zip --action
update_setup
Update the server
Update the blade with OAM server B functionality (MI-B) as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Run the disk procedure as follows.
sim --proc update --action apply
The following message appears.
Ready to 'apply' the sim 'update' procedure from the beginning:
Continue? (y/n)Press y to continue
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Follow the sim log for progress. The sim has a manual pause point for verify start.
Run the following.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-11
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 154/238
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
During this step, MI will reboot. Re-login to MI-B and continue to tail the sim log.
Open a second window for MI-B.
Note: The log might show that SIM aborted due to a MGC-8 health check failure. In
such cases customers need to evaluate the failure carefully. If a customer decides to goahead with the software upgrade despite the health check failure, they should run the
following command and then resume SIM.
/storage/su_backup/LSS/Rxxxx/su/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --
action ignore_alarm (Rxxxx is higher version of LCP which you
upgrade to)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Follow the sim log for progress. Refer to the following table for pause points. Where
noted, in the second window, enter sim --proc update --action resume. This
command needs to be entered twice for there will be two pause message for resume.
Pause messages Action
MI-B rebooting SIM will automatically resume.
PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE)
[PAUSE(CP_WARNING): Use 'sim --
proc update --action resume'
to continue...]
Resume SIM,
type:sim --proc update --action resume
in the SIM ProcessWindow
PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE)
[PAUSE(VERIFY_SOFTWARE): Use
'sim --proc update --actionresume' to continue...]
Perform the following steps.
1. SOAK TESTING: SIDE-B service hosts.
Perform any soak/sanity tests contained in theAcceptance Test Plan to verify that the
capabilities provided by the components
running on the new release function as
expected.
2. When the above manual procedures are done,
resume SIM by entering
sim --proc update --action resume
in the SIM ProcessWindow
Firmware Update triggering MI-
B rebooting
SIM will automatically resume.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 155/238
Pause messages Action
PAUSE_REQUEST: (COMMIT) *
Ready to Commit the 'Update'
and update the ShMC and Hubs!
Perform the following steps.
1. SOAK TESTING: All service hosts and
duplex network boot hosts.
Perform any soak or sanity tests contained in
the Acceptance Test Plan to verify that the
capabilities provided by the components
running on the new release function as
expected. If, after acceptance testing, it is
desired to back out of the Software Update,
proceed immediately to the Software Backout
section.
2. When acceptance testing is complete, the
Software Update can be permanently installed
(made official). To make the Software Update
official, continue with the commit.
Commit the server update
Complete the following steps to commit the upgrade (make the software upgrade official).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Continue to follow the sim log in the first window till the following pause message
appears.
SIM328 PAUSE_REQUEST: (COMMIT) [PAUSE(COMMIT): Use 'sim --procupdate --action
commit' to continue...]
PAUSED: (COMMIT) Dispatched commands are complete.
328 of 343 sim steps completed (95%)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Then run get_version to verify that MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) is
on the new LCP load.
get_version --display mi_b
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-13
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 156/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Is the new version correct?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step,
NO Contact Technical Support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 In the second window, run sim --proc update --action commit
This will boot MI-A (the blade with OAM server A functionality) to the new LCP load.
The following message appears.
Ready to 'commit' the sim 'update' procedure:
Continue? (y/n)...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Continue to follow the sim log in the first window till the following pause message
appears.
SIM342 [ALL SIM update STEPS HAVE COMPLETED!] (update:1996)
COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'update commit' type=hot
343 of 343 sim steps completed (100%)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Stop. You have completed upgrading both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software.
Refer to the COM and MGC-8 Configuration Management User Guide, 255-400-400 the“Manage an Element after Upgrade” section for additional configuration information.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 157/238
Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
Introduction
Note: Upgrades
• If you upgraded both the LCP and ALGPv2 software, you can stop here, because both the LCP and ALGPv2 software were upgraded in the “Upgrade both the LCP
software and the ALGPv2 software” (p. 11-6) procedures.
• If you are upgrading ALGPv2 software only, you need to complete the following
procedures.
Preparing for the upgrade
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that MI-B is in standby mode, as follows.
MIcmd state vc
> MIcmd state vc
state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
If not, perform a switchover by entering the following command:
MIcmd switch vc
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 FTP the MGC-8 Software License file MGC8LicenseFile.txtto the /storage/loads
directory on MI-B. This step is optional but highly recommended.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 FTP the monolithic zip file ALGPV2.ATCA.x.x.x.x.zip to the /storage/loads directory on
MI-B and complete the following procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Run the following procedure to zip install the ALGPV2 load onto both MIs.
appl_setup --action pre_install
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-15
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 158/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Are you logged in to use TL1?
IF . . . THEN . . .
YES Continue to the next step.
NO From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for
TL1.
Then log on using the ACT-USER command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Verify the chassis type is ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC, as follows:
rtrv-atca-chASSIS;
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC,CLLI=NULL,LOC=NULL,SIGAPORT=REAR_GE1,SIGBPORT=REAR_GE2,SIGCPORT=REAR_GE3,SIGDPORT=REAR_GE4,EMPORT=FRONT_ GE0,DNSIP1=NULL,DNSIP2=NULL,DNSNAME=NULL,EMTOS=NULL,SIGATOS=NULL,SIGBTOS=NULL,SIGCTOS=NULL,SIGDTOS=NULL,UPGRADESTATE=NORMAL,INTERNALBTS=N,SIGAIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGAIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGAIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGAIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGBIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGBIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGBIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGBIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGCIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGCIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SIGDIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,SIGDIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,EMIPV4DFLTGW=NULL,EMIPV4GWPING=DISABLED,SYSTEMID=BS0915U09SU,SIGCIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGCIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,SIGDIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,SIGDIPV6GWPING=DISABLED,EMIPV6DFLTGW=NULL,EMIPV6GWPING=DISABLED"
/* RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS */
If the chassis type is not ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC, stop the HUG procedureand change your chassis type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Verify IP filter is disabled.
rtrv-sys-seCU
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:MAXINV=5,DURAL=0-0-30,TMOUT=30,PRELOGINTIMEOUT=2,PASSWDEXPALERT=7,PASSWDCHGFREQ=20-HR,HEARTBEAT=0,TCPCONNENABLED=Y,ALMQPORT=2363,
ALMQTMO=0,EMPORT=2362,EM1IP=NULL,EM2IP=NULL,IPFLTRENABLED=N,EVENTINTERVAL=150,XFERPRTCL=SFTP,TL1INTRUSIONPOLICY=BLOCK&FREEZE,TL1PASSWDMAXREUSE=6,TL1PASSWDCOMPLX=ENHANCED,TELNETACCESS=N,ACTTMOUT=0,INACTIVELOG=60,PASSWDMAXCHARREPEAT=1,PASSWDMAXCHARUID=2,PASSWDMAXCHARPREVPWD=3,PASSWDMAXCHARSEQ=2,PASSWDMINLEN=8,PASSWDMINLOWERCASE=1,PASSWDMINUPPERCASE=1,PASSWDMINDGTS=1,PASSWDMINSPECIAL=1,AUTHPOLICY=LOCAL-LOCAL,IPFLTRCONNTRACK=Y,MAXSES=1"
/* RTRV-SYS-SECU */
If the IPFLTRENABLED parameter is not set to N, use TL1 to set it to N.
ed-sys-seCU:qd08::100:: IPFLTRENABLED=N;
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-16 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 159/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Verify prompt mode for TL1 is enabled. Verify that ED-SYS-TL1 PROMPTMODE=Y. To
ensure the upgrade completes successfully, the SIM tool needs to have PROMPTMODE=Y
(ESC key required to invoke the telnet session).
Telica> RTRV-SYS-TL1; 5060mgc8_2 2014-03-28 09:24:44
M 0 COMPLD"COM:TLNTCNTRLOPT=Y,PROMPTMODE=Y"
/* RTRV-SYS-TL1 */ ;;
If the PROMPTMODE=N, enter the following command to set PROMPTMODE=Y:
ED-SYS-TL1:::::PROMPTMODE=Y;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Verify a scheduled backup is disabled.
RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT
M 0 COMPLD
"COM:24-HR,09-23,22-30,30"
/* RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT */;
Telica> SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR,0-1,22-30,30;
If a scheduled backup is not disabled, use TL1 to disable it
SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR,0-1,0-0,30;
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Verify there are no outstanding alarms.
rtrv-alm-ALL;
If there are outstanding alarm, evaluate and clear them as necessary. Refer to the Rapport
MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide 255–400–019 for alarmclearing information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Verify there are no outstanding conditions.
rtrv-conD-ALL;
If there are outstanding conditions, evaluate and clear them as necessary. Refer to the
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide 255–400–019 for
condition clearing information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Verify if a scheduled exercise is inhibited.RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3;
M 0 COMPLD
"SHELF-0-ACM-3:0-HR,0-0,0-0,,ALL,SWTOPROTN,ALW"
/* RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT */
If a scheduled exercise is not allowed, use TL1 to change it to inhibited.
inh-ex-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3;
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-17
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 160/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Run the following TL1 command to back up the ALGPv2 data.
Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[<TID>]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>,
<username>,<password>,<destdir>,[<suppressoutput>],
[<tmout>],[<xferPrtcl>];
Note: The following is an example. You should use the correct values for your
application.
Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192.168.xxx.xxx,root,newsys,/home,,,
ftp;
Upgrading ALGPv2 only software from 9.X.X.X to higher software
You will perform this procedure if you only do an ALGPv2 upgrade (no LCP software
change) from 9.X.X.X to higher software
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log in to the SIDE-B MI services host as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the following command.
sim --proc mgc8_update --action apply
The following message appears.
Ready to 'apply' the sim 'mgc8_update' procedure from the beginning:
Continue? (y/n)
Press y to continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Monitor the update by tailing the sim.log file with the following command.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim.logNote: The log may show that SIM aborted due to a MGC-8 health check failure. In
such cases customers need to evaluate the failure carefully. If a customer decides to go
ahead with the software upgrade despite the health check failure, they should run the
following command.
/opt/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --action ignore_alarm
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-18 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 161/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If resume SIM is needed, enter the following command.
sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Note: For co-host, during this step, MI-B will reboot. Re-login in MI-B and continue
to tail the sim log for the progress.
Continue to follow the sim log till the following pause message appears.
SIM104 [ALL SIM mgc8_update STEPS HAVE COMPLETED!] (mgc8_update:614)
************************************************************
SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update apply):
************************************************************
105 of 105 sim steps executed (100%)
************************************************************
COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'mgc8_update apply'
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 You have completed ALGPv2 upgrade from 9.1.X.X to higher software.
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-19
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 162/238
Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software
Introduction
This procedure uses an offline database backup tool to perform a cold upgrade of LCP
and ALGPv2 software.Note: For a cold upgrade of both LCP and ALGPv2, follow the LCP upgrade
procedure. Refer to QDI#52114 for the LCP upgrade path and corresponding
evolution key.
Performing the cold upgrade
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that MI-B is in standby mode, as follows.
MIcmd state vc
> MIcmd state vc
state of MI virtual cluster is A - Active
state of MI host primary virtual machine is A - Active
state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S - Standby
If not, perform a switchover by entering the following command.
MIcmd switch vc
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 FTP the MGC-8 Software License file MGC8LicenseFile.txt to the /storage/loads
directory on MI-B. This step is optional but highly recommended.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 FTP the LCP/ALGPV2/DEFT zip files to the /storage/loads directory on MI-B.
Follow the LCP upgrade procedure to upgrade the LCP software.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Run the following LCP pre-install procedure under /storage/loads on MI-B to zip install
the load.
zipinstall /storage/loads/ATCA.LCPXX.xx.xx.xx.zip --action
update_setup
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Change directory to: /storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9.x.xxx/sbin
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-20 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 163/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Stop MGC–8 service on all blades. This is needed to make sure MGC–8 will not reboot
the ACCM/ADCM cards during the LCP software upgrade. Enter the following
command:
./mtce_mgc8 --action disable_service
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Cold upgrade LCP base platform software.
1. Start SIM to upgrade LCP and wait, it will pause (fail)
at mtce_mgc health check
sim --proc update --action apply
SIM will evoke mtce_mgc to:
a. Clean up the configuration of mtce_mgc8
b. Health check mgc8
Since mgc8 service is already disabled, the health check will fail. This failure is
expected.
2. Set flag "skip_all" to tell mtce_mgc8 to do nothing. Note:"config" should always be
enabled. Otherwise, there will be no way to change the config back. For example:
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
<qd11-s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9.x.xxx/sbin:
# ./mtce_mgc8 --action config --var skip_all --value 1
LOG:mtce_mgc::config set skip_all to 1
#+END_EXAMPLE
3. Resume SU using the following command:
sim --proc update --action resume
Follow the sim log for progress using the following command:
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
Follow the sim log for instructions, Use the following command to commit the LCP
update:
sim --proc update --action commit
4. Clear the flag using the following command:
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
<qd11-s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9.x.xxx/sbin:
# ./mtce_mgc8 --action config --var skip_all
LOG:mtce_mgc::config set skip_all to 0
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
11-21
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 164/238
#+END_EXAMPLE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Cold upgrade the ALGPv2 software:
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
qd11-<s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9.3.xxx/sbin:
# ./coldupgrade /storage/loads/ALGPV2.ATCA.9.3.xxx.zip
#+END_EXAMPLE
Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-22 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 165/238
12 12Upgrade working-working
GR switches
Overview
Purpose
This procedure provides steps to upgrade the working-working geographic redundant
(GR) MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG switches to version 9.X.X or higher.This is a high level procedure that will direct you to detailed level procedures (DLPs).
Once you complete a specific DLP, you must return back to the procedure that directed
you to the DLP to continue.
Important! This procedure may require multiple maintenance windows to complete.
Note: In this procedure, the two working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or
MGC-8/VSG are referred to as MGC-1 and MGC-2.
Note: While MGC-8's in a GR pair are being upgraded and are on different releases,
provisioning is supported through COM. Some provisioning commands that are normally
replicated cannot be supported while the MGC-8s are on different releases. Thecommands that are not supported for provisioning between any two releases are
documented in the releases notes.
Perform the following steps:
• Upgrade MGC-1
• Test calls and allow MGC-1 to operate for a specified length of time
• If the MGC-1 is operating normally, upgrade the peer working-working GR MGC-8
or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2).
• If a failure occurs and you want to revert back to the previous software version,
perform an administrative failover by executing the SW-TOPROTN-MGC command onMGC-1. This command forces control of all MGWs, independent of the MGW group,
over to the peer MGC-2. The MGC-1, where the command is executed, enters the
PROTECTION role.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
12-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 166/238
Reverting to a previous software version:
– Perform an out-of-service software change on the MGC-1 to change it to the
original software version.
– Execute DLP-896 - Administrative Failback of a working-working geographically
redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG. This DLP forces control of all the MGWs in
the peer MGW group on MGC2 over to the peer MGC1 (Failback), where thesoftware was backed out.
NOTICE—Service-disruption hazard! Service outages can occur if provisioning
activities, using TL1 commands or the COM, are performed during the execution of this
procedure. During this procedure, you must only use the TL1 commands indicated in this
procedure.
Contents
Upgrading working-working GR switches 12-2
Upgrading working-working GR switches
Before you begin
This procedure assumes some basic understanding of the operation of the Alcatel-Lucent
Gateway Platform switches.
This procedure assumes that the geographic redundant switch information job aid for
MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG has been completed with the IP information and Provisioning
information for the switch tables labeled Working-1 and Working-2 .
The following statements must be true:
• Your UNIX/Linux workstation, PC or laptop has Ethernet connectivity to the
switches.
• Your UNIX/Linux workstation, PC or laptop can act as an FTP server.
• Your UNIX/Linux workstation, PC or laptop has an IP address.
• The IP addresses of the MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG are known. (Obtain IP addresses
from the system administrator or by entering the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT command.)
• If retrieving or setting IP addresses for the MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG you must know a
valid administrative account and password.
Upgrade working-working GR switches Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 167/238
If you have questions regarding this procedure or are directed to contact Technical
Support, please contact the technical support team for your country. If you are unsure of
who that is, you can locate the correct number by going to https://www.alcatel-
lucent.com/support and selecting Lucent Global Support. Ensure you are logged in. Go
to Technical support phone numbers on the lower right of the screen and select your
country and then click Go.
Completing the procedure
This procedure has the following parts which should be completed in order:
1. Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs
(MGC-1).
2. Check status and test calls on MGC-1.
3. Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs
(MGC-2).
4. Check status and test calls on MGC-2.5. Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 are synchronized.
Upgrade working-working GR MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-1)
1. Follow MGC-8 software upgrade procedures as per Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install
and Upgrade Guide , “Upgrade scenarios and procedures.”
2. Once this procedure is complete, continue to the next procedure “Checking status and
testing calls.”
Check status and test calls
Verify configuration states:
1. Execute “DLP-887: Verify configuration states for MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG
working-working GR” to verify the configuration states (this DLP checks
configuration states on both MGC-1 and MGC-2).
2. Are the configuration states ok?
• Yes: Continue to the next step.
• No: Try to resolve configuration states discrepancies. If they can be resolved, go
to Step 3 otherwise go to Step 6.
3. Make test calls of different types and then execute the RTRV-PM-CC command to
verify that the number of answered calls increments.
Note: Pick originating CIC’s that are controlled by MGC-1 such that MGC-1 handles
the call.
Command Example: RTRV-PM-CC;
4. Is the number of answered calls incrementing?
Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
12-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 168/238
Is the switch operating satisfactorily?
• Yes: Continue to the next step.
• No: Go to Step 6.
5. Is it your company’s policy to allow the switches to operate under newly upgraded
software for a specified period of time before continuing?
• Yes: Wait that specified time period before continuing to step 6.
• No: Go to step 11, you are finished with MGC-1.
6. Is the switch operating satisfactorily?
• Yes: The switch is operating satisfactorily, You are done with MGC-1, Continue to
step 11.
• No: The switch is not operating satisfactorily. Continue to step 7
7. Do you want to failover to the peer MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG (MGC-2) that is still
running the starting version of software and rollback to the previous version of the
software on MGC-1?
• Yes: Continue to step 8.
• No: Contact Technical Support for help.
8. Execute administrative failover on MGC-1 (SW-TOPROTN-MGC) using “DLP 897 -
Administrative Failover of a Working/Working geographically redundant
MGC-8/VSG or MGC-8 switch.” This DLP forces control of all MGWs on the
MGC-8 over to the peer MGC-8 (Failover).
9. Perform an out-of-service software change on the MGC-1 MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG, to
change it to the original software version, as per Rapport MGC-8 Install and Upgrade
Guide “Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software.”
10. Execute “DLP-896 - Administrative Failback of a Working/Working GeographicallyRedundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG.” This DLP forces control of all MGWs in the
peer MGW group on MGC–2 over to the peer MGC–1 (Failback), where the software
was backed out. You have completed this procedure. Contact Technical Support if you
need help.
11. This procedure is complete. Continue to the next procedure, “Upgrade
working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2).”
Upgrade working-working GR MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2)
1. Follow Step 1 in “Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or
MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-1)” to perform an upgrade on MGC-2.
2. You have completed this procedure part. Continue to the next part “Check status and
test calls on MGC-2.”
Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 169/238
Check status and test calls on MGC-2
1. Follow Step 1 through Step 11 “Check status and test calls, substituting references of
MGC-1 for MGC-2 and MGC-2 for MGC-1
2. You have completed this procedure part for MGC-2.
Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 is synchronized
1. Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 is synchronized by executing DLP
889, “Synchronizing the configuration data of a working-working geographic
redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG”
Note: MGC-1 and MGC-2 should be running the same software version when
DLP-889 is executed.
2. You have completed this part of the procedure.
Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
12-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 170/238
Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 171/238
13 13Rollback and backout
procedures
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides procedures to roll back or back out of an upgrade.
Rollback is different from backout. Rollback is used to back out a committed update and backout is used to back out an uncommitted update.
The rollback and backout procedures are similar only for the MGC-8.
Note the following.
• To perform a back out or roll back, contact the next level of Technical Support.
• The backout or rollback process does not require a data evolution because the data
from the previous release is already stored on the local boot service hosts.
• Certain backout and rollback scenarios result in the loss of call processing.
• Ensure to complete the backout or rollback process. After a rollback or backout
process begins, it is not possible to go forward until it completes.
Contents
Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software 13-2
Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade 13-7
Backout MGC-8 only upgrade 13-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 172/238
Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
Introduction
This topic describes the procedure to roll back to the previous release. Perform this
procedure, if you want to return to the previous release, after completing the softwareupgrade successfully.
Before you begin
Perform a database backup before the upgrade. If any blade replace or FRU is done after
an upgrade, you cannot rollback the software.
If you save the database backup to an external server, the ACCMs IP address need to be
restored prior to restoring the MGC-8 from the backup on the external server.
Procedure
Perform the following steps to roll back to the previous release:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Unlock the rollback function with the following command:
mtce_platform --action rollback_unlock
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run the Software Installation Manager (SIM) tool to rollback using the followingcommand:
sim --proc update --action rollback
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
Output example:
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM081[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:385)
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM082 [* WARNING: Ready to Activate the PreviousSoftware!] (update_rlbk:388)
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM083 [* Call Processing will be Affected beyondthis point!!!!] (update_rlbk:391)
Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 173/238
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM084[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:394)
13/07/01 21:18:45
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM085 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(CP_WARNING): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue...]
13/07/01 21:18:4513/07/01 21:18:45************************************************************
13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback):
13/07/01 21:18:45************************************************************
13/07/01 21:18:45 85 of 207 sim steps executed (41%)
13/07/01 21:18:45************************************************************
13/07/01 21:18:45
13/07/01 21:18:45 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands arecomplete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Resume the rollback action with the following command:
sim --proc update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
Output example:
13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM113[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:530)
13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM114 [* Verify call-processing beforecontinuing.] (update_rlbk:533)
13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM115[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:536)
13/07/01 21:29:14
13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM116 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(VERIFY_SOFTWARE): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue...]
13/07/01 21:29:14
13/07/01 21:29:14
************************************************************13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback):
13/07/01 21:29:14************************************************************
13/07/01 21:29:14 116 of 207 sim steps executed (56%)
13/07/01 21:29:14************************************************************
13/07/01 21:29:14
Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 174/238
13/07/01 21:29:14 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands arecomplete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Resume the rollback action with the following command:
sim --proc update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Run tail sim.log again. During rollback, MI-B will be rebooted. After reboot, log in again
to MI-B to tail sim.log until the message indicates that the rollback is completed.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
13/07/01 21:58:52************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:58:52 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback): 13/07/01 21:58:52************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:58:52 207 of 207 sim steps executed (100%) 13/07/01 21:58:52
************************************************************
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Reboot the ACCMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted, enter the following from the OS of the
active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands:
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1.
Log in using the ACT-USER command.
Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a rollback, you need to SSHto an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through the
OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host).
Note: For non-cohost, the DB backup file must be on the OAM1/2 cards.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database.
Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>,
<username>,<password>,<srcpath>,[<suppressoutput>],
[<tmout>],[<xferPrtcl>];
Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169.254.64.64,root,newsys,/
home/backup/telica_SW8.2.1.2.0.20_SCHEMA8.2.1.0_20110802_
1556
Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.
Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 175/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Is internal BTS being used?
Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8
(ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System
(BTS) Users Guide, 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS.
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 16.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Do you roll back LCP and MGC-8 from R9.3 or later releases to releases prior to R9.3?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 16.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 On one ACCM, remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP , if any, and
change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
For example, if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is:
IPV4 10.84.16.156IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010
Change it to:
10.84.16.156
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Have you run step 14 on both ACCMs?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Run from Step 14 on the remaining ACCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 When the database has been restored, you must reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS
command.
INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10
Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 176/238
Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch.
Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 177/238
Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
Introduction
This topic describes the procedure to back out to the previous release. Perform this
procedure, if a failure occurs during the software upgrade and if you want to return to the previous release.
Before you begin
Perform a database backup before the upgrade.
Procedure
Perform the following steps to back out to the previous release:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Run the Software Installation Manager (sim) tool to backout using the following
command.
sim --proc update --action backout
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
Output example:
13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM088[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:385)
13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM089 [* WARNING: Ready to Activate the PreviousSoftware!] (update_rlbk:388)
13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM090 [* Call Processing will be Affected beyondthis point!!!!] (update_rlbk:391)
13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM091[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:394)
13/07/01 14:03:1913/07/01 14:03:19 SIM092 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(CP_
WARNING): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue...]
13/07/01 14:03:19
13/07/01 14:03:19************************************************************
13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM PROGRESS (update backout):
Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 178/238
13/07/01 14:03:19************************************************************
13/07/01 14:03:19 92 of 222 sim steps executed (41%)
13/07/01 14:03:19************************************************************
13/07/01 14:03:19
13/07/01 14:03:19 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands arecomplete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Resume the backout action with the following command.
sim --proc update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
Output example:
Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM120[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:530)
13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM121 [* Verify call-processing beforecontinuing.] (update_rlbk:533)
13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM122[********************************************************] (update_rlbk:536)
13/07/01 14:14:52
13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM123 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(VERIFY_SOFTWARE): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue...]
13/07/01 14:14:52
13/07/01 14:14:52************************************************************
13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM PROGRESS (update backout):
13/07/01 14:14:52************************************************************
13/07/01 14:14:52 123 of 222 sim steps executed (55%)
13/07/01 14:14:52************************************************************
13/07/01 14:14:52
13/07/01 14:14:52 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands arecomplete.
13/07/01 14:14:52
<qd18-s00c02h0:root>/root:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Resume the backout action with the following command.
Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 179/238
sim --proc update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Run tail sim.log again.
During backout, MI-B will be rebooted. After reboot, log in again to MI-B to tail sim.log
until the message indicates that the backout is completed.
For co-host, during backout, MI-B will be rebooted. After reboot, log in again to MI-B to
tail sim.log for the progress.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.log
13/07/01 07:47:24************************************************************
13/07/01 07:47:24 SIM PROGRESS (update backout):
13/07/01 07:47:24************************************************************
13/07/01 07:47:24 189 of 189 sim steps executed (100%)
13/07/01 07:47:24************************************************************
13/07/01 07:47:24
13/07/01 07:47:24 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'update backout' type=hotlevel=60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Reboot the ACCMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted, enter the following from the OS of the
active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands:telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1.
Log in using the ACT-USER command.
Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a backout, you need to SSH
to an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through
OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database.
Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>,
<username>,<password>,<srcpath>,[<suppressoutput>],
[<tmout>],[<xferPrtcl>];
Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169.254.64.64,root,newsys,/
home/backup/telica_SW8.2.1.2.0.20_SCHEMA8.2.1.0_20110802_
1556
Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 180/238
Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Is internal BTS being used?
Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8
(ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System
(BTS) Users Guide, 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS.
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 15.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Do you back out LCP and MGC-8 from R9.3 or later releases to releases prior to R9.3?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 15.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 On one ACCM, remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP , if any, and
change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
For example, if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is:
IPV4 10.84.16.156
IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010
Change it to:
10.84.16.156
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Have you run step 13 on both ACCMs?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Run from Step 13 on the remaining ACCM.
Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 181/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 When the database has been restored, you must reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS
command.
INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10
Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch.
Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-11
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 182/238
Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
Introduction
This topic describes the procedure to back out to the previous release. Perform this
procedure, if you want to return to the previous release, after completing the softwareupgrade successfully.
Before you begin
Perform a database backup before the upgrade.
Procedure
Perform the following steps to back out to the previous release:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Run the Software Installation Manager (sim) tool to backout using the following
command.
sim --proc mgc8_update --action backout
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Run tail sim.log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim.log
Output example:
13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM006[************************************************************](mgc8_update_bk:54)
13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM007 [* Ready to Backout the 8.3.0.0.0.178Software Upgrade!] (mgc8_update_bk:57)
13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM008[************************************************************](mgc8_update_bk:60)
13/07/01 03:13:37
13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM009 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(BACKOUT):Use 'sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume' to continue...]
13/07/01 03:13:37
Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 183/238
13/07/01 03:13:37************************************************************
13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update backout):
13/07/01 03:13:37
************************************************************
13/07/01 03:13:37 9 of 80 sim steps executed (11%)
13/07/01 03:13:37************************************************************
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Resume the backout action with the following command.
sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Run tail sim.log again until the message indicates that the backout was completed.
For co-host, during backout, MI-B will be rebooted. After reboot, you need to log in again
to MI-B to tail sim.log for the progress.
tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim.log
13/07/01 05:09:19************************************************************
13/07/01 05:09:19 SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update backout):
13/07/01 05:09:19************************************************************
13/07/01 05:09:19 80 of 80 sim steps executed (100%)
13/07/01 05:09:19************************************************************
13/07/01 05:09:19
13/07/01 05:09:19 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'mgc8_update backout'level=100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Reboot the ACCMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted, enter the following from the OS of the
active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands:
Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-13
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 184/238
telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1.
Log in using the ACT-USER command.
Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a backout, you need to SSH
to an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through the
OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host)....................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database.
Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>,
<username>,<password>,<srcpath>,[<suppressoutput>],
[<tmout>],[<xferPrtcl>];
Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169.254.64.64,root,newsys,/
home/backup/telica_SW8.2.1.2.0.20_SCHEMA8.2.1.0_20110802_
1556
Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Is internal BTS being used?
Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8
(ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System
(BTS) Users Guide, 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS.
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 13.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Do you back out MGC-8 from R9.3 or later releases to releases prior to R9.3?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Go to step 13.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 On one ACCM, remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP , if any, and
change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 185/238
For example, if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is:
IPV4 10.84.16.156
IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010
Change it to:
10.84.16.156
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Have you run step 11 on both ACCMs?
IF... THEN...
Yes Continue to the next step.
No Run from Step 11 on the remaining ACCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 When the database is restored, reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS command.INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10
Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch.
Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
13-15
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 186/238
Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-16 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 187/238
Appendix A: Hardware
illustrations
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides illustrations of the supported hardware.
Contents
ATCA Shelf A-1
Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) A-3
Ethernet hub A-4
Ethernet hub RTM A-5
Shelf manager card A-6
ATCA Shelf
Introduction
Figure A-1, “ATCA Shelf Example” (p. A-2) depicts an example of an ATCA Shelf. Slots
1-6 and slots 9-14 are populated with nodes or blank boards, slots 7 and 8 contain hub
boards, and Slot 15 contains two Shelf Managers (ShMC).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
A-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 188/238
Figure A-1 ATCA Shelf Example
Hardware illustrations ATCA Shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 189/238
Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP)
Introduction
Figure A-2 Processor Blade
Hardware illustrations Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
A-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 190/238
Ethernet hub
Introduction
Figure A-3 Ethernet hub
Hardware illustrations Ethernet hub
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 191/238
Ethernet hub RTM
Introduction
Figure A-4 Hub RTM Card Example
Hardware illustrations Ethernet hub
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
A-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 192/238
Shelf manager card
Introduction
Figure A-5 Shelf manager card (ShMC) example
Hardware illustrations Shelf manager card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 193/238
Appendix B: Worksheets
Overview
Purpose
This Appendix provides the configuration worksheets that must be completed prior to
performing the LCP installation. For instructions on how to complete the worksheets,refer to Chapter 3, “Prepare for the LCP installation”.
Contents
Worksheet 1 B-2
Worksheet 2 B-3
Worksheet 3A B-6
Worksheet 3B B-7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
B-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 194/238
Worksheet 1
Summary
Worksheet 1
Cabinet/Shelf
Slot 1,2 3,4 5,6 7,8 9,10 11,12 13,14 15
0/1 Ser-
vice(s)
HUB SHMC
IPV4
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
N/A N/A
IPV6
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
Disk
Partition
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Worksheets Worksheet 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 195/238
Worksheet 1
Cabinet/Shelf
Slot 1,2 3,4 5,6 7,8 9,10 11,12 13,14 15
0/0 Ser-
vice(s)
stand-
alone=CNFG
/MI
co-host=
CNFG
/MI
/ACCM
HUB/ SHMC
IPV4
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
co-host=
default
gateway
N/A
IPV6
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
Disk
Partition
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Worksheet 2
Summary
Worksheet 2
System Name: Application(s): System Prefix:
Internal Subnet: Time Zone: Alarm Shelf
Association:
None
IPV4 Subnet 1 Name:
Subnet: Netmask:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1
Shelf Number: 0
Worksheets Worksheet 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
B-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 196/238
Worksheet 2
IPV4 Subnet 2
Name:
Subnet: Netmask:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both Front
Interface -0
Shelf Number: 0
IPV4 Subnet 3
Name:
Subnet: Netmask:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both Rear
Interface -0
Shelf Number: 0
IPV4 Subnet 4
Name:
Subnet: Netmask:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
MME Port 1-3
with future LAG
support
Shelf Number: 0
IPV6 Subnet 1
Name:
Subnet Prefix: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1
Shelf Number: 0
IPV6 Subnet 2
Name:
Subnet Prefix: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1
Shelf Number: 0
IPV6 Subnet 3
Name:
Subnet Prefix: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1
Shelf Number: 0
IPV6 Subnet 4
Name:
Subnet Prefix: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Gateway IP: Transport
Interface:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1
Shelf Number: 0
Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH IP:
Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH Netmask:
Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH Gateway:
Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH IP:
Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH Netmask:
Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH Gateway:
Worksheets Worksheet 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 197/238
Worksheet 2
Shelf 1 HUB 7
SSH IP:
Shelf 1 HUB 7
SSH Netmask:
Shelf 1 HUB 7
SSH Gateway:
Shelf 1 HUB 8
SSH IP:
Shelf 1 HUB 8
SSH Netmask:
Shelf 1 HUB 8
SSH Gateway:Shelf 0 HUB 7
SOL IP:
Shelf 0 HUB 8
SOL IP:
Shelf 1 HUB 7
SOL IP:
Shelf 1 HUB 8
SOL IP:
Hub Ports with
Auto speed:
Hub Ports with
100M speed:
Hub Ports with
10M speed:
NTP Server 1
IP:
NTP Server 2
IP:
NTP Server 3
IP:
Solutiondomain:
Local
Zone/LCP
Domain:
Enum Domain: e164.arpa
DNS Server 1
IPv4 IP:
DNS Server 2
IPv4 IP:
DNS Server 3
Ipv4 IP:
ENUM Server
1 IP:
ENUM Server 2
IP:
ENUM Server
3 IP:
IPV4 Static
Routes:
Subnet 1: Netmask:
Gateway: Service(s):
Subnet 2: Netmask:
Gateway: Service(s):
IPV6 Static
Routes:
Subnet Prefix 1: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Subnet for
Source IP:
Service(s):
Subnet Prefix 2: Subnet Prefix
Length:
Worksheets Worksheet 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
B-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 198/238
Worksheet 2
Subnet for
Source IP:
Subnet for
Source IP:
Worksheet 3A
Summary
Worksheet 3A
NI-type IPV4Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV4 IP IPV6Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV6 IP
CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-default
CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default
CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default
CNFG pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A
FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A
FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_sh default NotConfig-
ured
FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default NotConfig-
ured
FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-fsdb_geosync N/A N/A N/A N/A
GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-default
GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gls default
GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default
MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A
MI pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A
MI pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A
MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-mi_access default N/A N/A N/A
MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-mi_media N/A N/A N/A
MI pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ntp default N/A N/A
MI pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ntp N/A N/A
sns pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default
sns pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default
Worksheets Worksheet 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 199/238
Worksheet 3A
NI-type IPV4Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV4 IP IPV6Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV6 IP
sns pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-dns default default
sns pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-dns
Worksheet 3B
Summary
Worksheet 3B
NI-type IPV4 subnetID (subnet
#)
IPV4 IP IPV6Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV6 IP
AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed
NI-default
AMMS pool- member 0 IP-fixed
NI-default
AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed
NI-signtwrk1
AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed
NI-signtwrk2
FEPH pool-0 IP-floating NI-published default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gls default default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_ro default default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default default
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-enum N/A N/A
FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-web_portal default N/A N/A
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed
NI-default
H248 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed
NI-default
NotConfig-
ured
Worksheets Worksheet 3A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
B-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 200/238
Worksheet 3B
NI-type IPV4 subnetID (subnet
#)
IPV4 IP IPV6Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV6 IP
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float
NI-diam_rf
NotConfig-
ured
NotConfig-
ured
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-dns default default
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-enum default default
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float
NI-h248sig
default N/A N/A
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float
NI-h248sig1
default N/A N/A
H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float
NI-h248sig2
default N/A N/A
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_cx default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_e2
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gqp
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_ro default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rx
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_sh default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_tx
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-enum default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-pdf default default
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-published NotConfig-
ured
NotConfig-
ured
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-signtwrk1 NotConfig-
ured
NotConfig-
ured
IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-signtwrk2 NotConfig-ured
NotConfig-ured
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A
pool-0 IP-floating NI-gnsig default
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s10 default N/A N/A
Worksheets Worksheet 3B
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 201/238
Worksheet 3B
NI-type IPV4 subnetID (subnet
#)
IPV4 IP IPV6Subnet ID(subnet #)
IPV6 IP
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s101 default N/A N/A
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s11 default N/A N/A
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s1mme default N/A N/A
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s6a default
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-svsig default
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-sgsig default
mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-x2sig default
PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A
PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-oamp default N/A N/A
PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-h248sig1 default N/A N/A
PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-h248sig2 default N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig1 NotConfig-
ured
N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig1 NotConfig-
ured
N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig2 NotConfig-ured
N/A N/A
SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig2 NotConfig-
ured
N/A N/A
Worksheets Worksheet 3B
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
B-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 202/238
Worksheets Worksheet 3B
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 203/238
Appendix C: ShMC and ethernet
hub commands
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides a listing of useful commands for obtaining ShMC or Hub
information.
Contents
ShMC commands C-1
Ethernet hub commands C-2
ShMC commands
Summary
Table C-1 ShMC commands
Execute this command To do this ...
clia shmstatus Find the active Shmc
clia switchover Switchover to the other Shmc
clia version Find the firmware version
clia board Find the populated slots
clia board <slot-number
> Find the board state in slots 1 through 14clia boardreset <slot-number > Reset a board in slots 1 through 14
clia deactivate board <slot-number > Remove power to a board in slots 1
through 14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
C-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 204/238
Table C-1 ShMC commands (continued)
Execute this command To do this ...
clia activate board <slot-number > Restore power to a board in slots 1
through 14 (check that the board state
shows inactive first)clia shelfaddress Find the shelf number (fourth field in
hex notation)
clia shelfaddrss To find the cabinet number (eighth field
in hex notation)
clia fruinfo -s 20 254 | egrep
“Chassis Serial Number”
Find the serial number of the chassis
clia fruinfo -v 10 0 | egrep “Board
Serial Number”
Retrieve the top Shmc serial number
clia fruinfo -v 12 0 | egrep “Board Serial Number” Retrieve the bottom Shmc serial number
clia fruinfo shm 1 | egrep “Board
Product Name”
Find the fruname of the top Shmc
clia fruinfo shm 2 | egrep “Board
Product Name”
Find the fruname of the bottom Shmc
clia fruinfo board <slot-number > |
egrep “Board Product Name”
Find the fruname of blades in slots 1
through 14
clia board <slot-number> | egrep -c
“AMC HDD”
Find out the number of disks in a blade
in slots 1 through 14
clia setextracted board <x> To clear ghosts
Ethernet hub commands
Summary
Table C-2 Ethernet hub commands
Execute this command To do this ...
printenv | egrep REL View version
printenv | egrep RTM Determine if the hub has detected its RTM
tcpdump -i <interface>
tcpdump -i eth0
Look at traffic
ShMC and ethernet hub commands ShMC commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 205/238
Appendix D: Initiating a SOL
session with a processor blade
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides instructions about how to initiate a SOL session for a processor
blade.
Contents
SOL session for a processor blade procedure D-2
Determining the SOL IP address on a blade D-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
D-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 206/238
SOL session for a processor blade procedure
Procedure
Complete the following steps to initiate a SOL session for a processor blade.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 First establish an SSH session to one of the hub cards by logging in as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use the following syntax (you may have to hit CR a few times to get a login prompt).
console -s <shelfnum> -c <slotnum>
where <shelfnum> and <slotnum> represent the shelf and slot number where the
processor blade resides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 To exit from the session, type “~.” (tilde dot)
If there was a SOL session that was not terminated in a graceful manner, you can
gracefully terminate it using the following syntax; however, be advised that this command
will disconnect the active SOL session. Verify that the session is not in use by another
user prior to deactivating it.
console -s <shelfnum> - c <slotnum> -a deactivate
where < shelfnum> and < slotnum> represent the shelf and slot number of the Ethernet Hub
“dangling” session.
Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade SOL session for a processor blade procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 207/238
Determining the SOL IP address on a blade
Procedure
To determine the SOL IP address on a blade, complete the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Login to the blade.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Run the following command.
ipmitool lan print <channel>
where <channel >= 1 or 2. (For hubs, only channel=2 is configured.)
Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade Determining the SOL IP address on a blade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
D-3
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 208/238
Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade Determining the SOL IP address on a blade
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 209/238
Appendix E: Changing the
SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides instructions for changing the SSH/SOL IP of Hub 7/8.
Contents
Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8 E-2
Hub and shmc configuration E-3
Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs E-6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
E-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 210/238
Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8
Prerequisites
Complete the following.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine the shelf 0 hostname of blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine the shelf 0 hostname of blade 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SOL ip address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 ssh ip address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SOL ip address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 ssh ip address, netmask, and gateway.
Hostname
Blade 1
Blade 2
SOL IP SSH IP SSH Netmask SSH Gateway
HUB 7
HUB 8
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 211/238
Hub and shmc configuration
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine SSH and SOL IP addresses of shelf 0 hub 7 and shelf 0 hub 8.
Table E-1 Customer values of SSH and SOL
SOL IP SSH IP SSH Netmask SSH Gateway
HUB 7
HUB 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Login as root to the blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify health of the system.
health --test field_install
Do not continue to the next step if this step is unsuccessful.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Clear inhibit on blade 2.
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Align all virtual machines on blade 2.
vm_adm --action switch --desired_state ACT --host <hostname of
blade 2>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Wait for all virtual machines to go active on blade 2.
rcc_srv_state --action wait_state --set host --state_type VM --
vstate ACT --host <hostname of blade 2>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Inhibit RCC on blade 1.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Configure the SSH IP of hub 7.
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
E-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 212/238
hubconf_adm --action set_ssh_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 7 --
hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 7 SSH IP > --netmask4 < hub 7 SSH
netmask > --gateway4 < hub 7 SSH gateway >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Configure the SSH IP of hub 8.hubconf_adm --action set_ssh_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 8 --
hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 8 SSH IP > --netmask4 --< hub 7 SSH
netmask > --gateway4 < hub 8 SSH gateway >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Configure SOL IP of hub 7.
shmcconf_adm --action set_sol_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum
7 --hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 7 SOL IP >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Configure SOL IP of hub 8.
shmcconf_adm --action set_sol_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum
8 --hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 8 SOL IP >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Generate hub configuration files.
hubconf_adm --action generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Generate shmc configuration files.shmcconf_adm --action generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Install the hub configuration files on both OAM servers.
hubconf_adm --action install_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Install the shmc configuration files on both OAM servers.
shmcconf_adm --action install_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Synchronize metadata to the other OAM server.
scdm_adm --action sync_config
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Clear inhibit on blade 1.
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 213/238
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Align all virtual machines on blade 1.
vm_adm --action switch --desired_state ACT --host <hostname of
blade 1>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Wait for all virtual machines to go active on blade 1.
rcc_srv_state --action wait_state --set host --state_type VM --
vstate ACT --host <hostname of blade 1>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Inhibit RCC on blade 2.
rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 SSH to blade 2 as root.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 On blade 2, generate hub configuration files.
hubconf_adm --action generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 On blade 2, generate shmc configuration files
shmcconf_adm --action generate_host_all
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 Exit from blade 2.
exit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Install the hub configuration files on the hub. The HUB will reboot. So direct screen print
to log file, and check the log file to make sure hub update is finished successfully before
take next action.
hub_adm -a config_all 2>&1|tee -a /data0/FLD/hubUPG.log
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 Install the shmc configuration files on the shmc.
shmc_adm -a config_all
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
E-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 214/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27 Allow RCC on blade 1.
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28 Allow RCC on blade 2.
rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 Verify health of the system.
health --test field_install
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 If no errors are reported, the procedure is now complete.
Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs
Manage IP configuraiton
Note: You can also refer to the Manage system configuration - IP configuration
chapter in the LCP Configuration Management, 270-702-014 manual for additional
information.
CNFG floating, MI floating, MI-A fixed, MI-B fixed IP
Change from
10.20.30.5, 6, 7, 8
to
192.1.104.201, 202, 203, 204
Prep work:
Check MI state:
> MIcmd state vc
Check service type:
> svcconf_adm --action list_service_type
Check host type:> svcconf_adm --action show_host
check network interface type:
> svcconf_adm --action list_ni_type
check external subnet:
> net4conf_adm --action show_external_subnet
check external transport:
> net4conf_adm --action show_external_transport
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 215/238
check gateway:
> net4conf_adm --action show_subnet_gatewayDelete cnfg & MI floatingIPs:
ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s
<Subnet Number> -o <Offset>
ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s
<Subnet Number> -o <Offset><<< ISSUE:
LCP ip_adm tool for delete is not list in the customer doc,
so it was not offically "supported".
with cnfg floating IP offset as 5
> ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t cnfg -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 5
> ip_adm -a commit
with mi floating IP offset as 6
> ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 6
> ip_adm -a commit
with mi fixed IP offset as 7&8
> ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 7,8> ip_adm -a commit
Delete external subnet:
ip_adm -a del_subnet -b <subnet base> -s <subnet number>
<<< ISSUE:
"ip_adm -a del_subnet -b 10.20.30.0 -s 1" failed b/c the
gateway is being deleted but the script was still looking for
it.
WORKAROUND:
O N O A M A & B , d o
> net4conf_adm --action del_external_subnet --subnetnum 1
Check to make sure no entry for the following:> net4conf_adm --action show_external_subnet
> net4conf_adm --action show_external_transport
> net4conf_adm --action show_subnet_gateway
Add the external subnet first, then the floating & fixed IPs:
ip_adm -a add_subnet -b <Subnet Base> -m <Subnet Mask> -n
<Subnet Name> -s <Subnet Number> -o <V4 Gateway> -t
<Transport ID 1,Transport ID2>
ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s
<Subnet Number> -o <Offset>
ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s
<Subnet Number> -o
<Offset>
> ip_adm -a add_subnet -b 192.168.104.0 -m 255.255.255.0 -n
mgmt -s 1 -o 254 -t ltf0,rtf0
> ip_adm -a commit
> ip_adm -a add_floating_ip -t cnfg -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
E-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 216/238
201
> ip_adm -a commit
> ip_adm -a add_floating_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o
202
> ip_adm -a commit
> ip_adm -a add_fixed_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o
203,204> ip_adm -a commit
Check /etc/hosts file to verify IP has changed.
Check network connectivity
Add NTP server
ntp_adm -a add -i < IP list with comma separated >
ntp_adm -a add -i 192.168.1.111,192.168.70.11
It will wait 10 min to sync the server(s).
Commit changes
ntp_adm –a commit
Check
> ntpconf_adm --action show_server
NTP server 192.168.1.111
NTP server 192.168.70.11
Make sure that MIs is working:
Need to stop & start MI to access MI
stopMI & startMI needed to run as lss (password lss)
Following the offical procedure to change/set Processor
Blade SOL/SSH IP.
DONE!
Grow 1 pair of ACCM on slot 5/6
Grow 1 ADCM on slot 4
Provision ed-atca-eqpt:
emf is up and running.
ACCM can't be accessible via EM IP.
DONE.
Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 217/238
Appendix F: Software loads
from the factory
Software Loads
Summary
The following table shows the software loads from the factory for ShMC and Hub cards.
Card Version (or later)
ShMC 1.3.4-01_03_04_INT_02_LN 1.4.0
Hub 8BA504009018_Processor Blade_01_03_00_INT_FS_01 1.3.0/1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
F-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 218/238
Software loads from the factory Software Loads
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 219/238
Appendix G: Software ASLM
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to use the Alcatel-Lucent Software License Management
(ASLM) tool to fulfill the license key requirements. ASLM provides the ability to activatefeature licenses and raise appropriate events when an entitlement violation takes place. A
license file is required to activate the new features or increase system capacity. Be sure to
complete the following tasks before using the ASLM tool:
• Purchase a software license(s) entitlement from Alcatel-Lucent through a purchase
order.
• Confirm with Alcatel-Lucent that the entitlements specified in your purchase order are
added/activated in the ASLM tool.
Contents
Base and session entitlements G-2
Accessing the ASLM tool G-5
Generating a license file G-7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 220/238
Base and session entitlements
Overview
Base entitlement packages are available for both MGCF and IBCF calls, each of which
contains a limited number of sessions. An enhanced base entitlement package is availablefor MGCF. Growth packages are also available for both MGCF and IBCF to increase the
session capacity.
The following entitlements are available for MGC-8 software:
• Base software entitlement
Includes the right to use the MGC-8 Software. The license provides basic software
license support. This entitlement OR/AND base virtualization software entitlement is
mandatory.
• Base virtualization software entitlement
Includes the right to use the MGC-8 Virtualization Software. The license provides basic virtualization software license support. This entitlement OR/AND base software
entitlement is mandatory.
• MGCF base entitlement
The license provides support for the base MGCF license which supports up to 10000
sessions. This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement.
• MGCF enhanced base entitlement
The license provides support for the enhanced base MGCF license which supports up
to 10000 sessions. This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement
• IBCF base entitlement
The license provides support for the base IBCF license which supports up to 500
sessions. This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement.
By default, the MGC-8 operates as an MGCF. When purchasing this license, the
associated IBCF provisioning must also be done before IBCF sessions will be
allowed.
• MGCF session growth entitlement
The license provides support for an additional 1000 MGCF sessions. Up to 1000
MGCF growth packages may be purchased. This entitlement requires the MGCF Base
Entitlement.
• IBCF session growth entitlement
The license provides support for an additional 1000 IBCF sessions. Up to 1000
MGCF growth packages may be purchased. This entitlement requires the IBCF Base
Entitlement.
Software ASLM Base and session entitlements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 221/238
• Optional packages
The following MGC-8 add-on packages are optional:
– Additional SS7 variant
– CDMA GMSC application package
– Class 4 Lawful Interception application package
– Enhanced ENUM-enabled services
– Enhanced IP exchange (IPX) routing
– External BICC
– FEMTO feature package
– Geo Redundancy Active/Active
– Geo Redundancy Active/Standby
– GSM GMSC application package
– IPv6 support package
– MGC-8 STP package
– SIP front end distributor
– Transcoding support and policy enforcement
– SIP Header/Messaging package
– TCAP based MWI package
– STP CIC Migration and PC Offload package
– 3RD Party Signalling Gateway support package
– ISDN PRA NNI services
– AUTO CALL BACK/CCBS/RBWF
Software license names and descriptions
The following table contains a list of the available software licenses:
Table G-1 Software license names and descriptions
Software license name Description
MGC8_base_sw Base software package
MGC8_base_ibcf Base IBCF package
MGC8_base_mgcf Base MGCF packageMGC8_enh_base_mgcf Enhanced Base MGCF package
MGC8_active_georedundancy Geo Redundancy Active/Active
Software ASLM Base and session entitlements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 222/238
Table G-1 Software license names and descriptions (continued)
MGC8_c4_lawful_int Class 4 Lawful Interception application
package
Note: This application package is applicable
to the MGC8 located outside of U.S.
MGC8_enh_ipx_routing Enhanced IP Exchange (IPX) Routing
MGC8_enum Enhanced ENUM-enabled services
MGC8_ext_bicc External BICC
MGC8_femto FEMTO feature package
MGC8_georedundancy Geo Redundancy Active/Standby
MGC8_gmsc_cdma CDMA GMSC application package
MGC8_gmsc_gsm GSM GMSC application package
MGC8_ipv6 IPv6 supportMGC8_sip_fed SIP Front End Distributor
MGC8_ss7_variant_addon Additional SS7 variant
MGC8_stp STP Functionality
MGC8_transcode Transcoding support and policy enforcement
MGC8_base_sw_virtual Base virtualization base software package
MGC8_sip_hdr_msg SIP Header Message package
MGC8_3rdparty_sg 3RD Party Signalling Gateway Support
package
MGC8_srvcs_isdn ISDN PRA NNI services
MGC8_tcap_mwi TCAP based MWI package
MGC8_stp_cic STP CIC Migration and PC Offload package
MGC8_auto_callback Automatic callback / CCBS / RBWF
Software ASLM Base and session entitlements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 223/238
Accessing the ASLM tool
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Go to the ASLM home page. The URL is: (http://aslm.app.alcatel-lucent.com)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Note: If you already have a user name and password, skip Steps 2 and 3.
If you don't have access to ASLM, you will be directed to the ASLM home page:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 In the ASLM homepage, click the link Click here .
Figure G-1 ASLM
Software ASLM Accessing the ASLM tool
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-5
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 224/238
Result: The Access Page appears as shown below:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click the ASLM Access Request Guide, to request the access to the ASLM as per your role.
Figure G-2 ASLM Access Page
Software ASLM Accessing the ASLM tool
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-6 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 225/238
Generating a license file
Procedure
Note: When an MGC-8 user performs an upgrade from a pre-9.0 release to a 9.0
release, a license must be installed. The license is required only when the newfunctionality added in a release needs to be activated. In release 9.0, MGC-8 had only
3 feature licenses (mgc8 base functionality, mgcf base functionality, and ibcf
functionality). In Release 9.1, many license types were added. As a result, an upgrade
from pre-9.1 to a 9.1 release requires installation of a new license to activate the new
features. For release 9.0 and later, the ATCA install/upgrade procedure always looks
for a license file. In the case of the 9.x to 9.x upgrade, the license would be auto
installed. This is the reason you see the SIM tool searching for a license file
There should be no alarms triggered that pertain to license installation after hot
upgrade completion. A license enforcement alarm will appear for any feature that is
invoked without an installed license. A new license may need to be installed if thedowngrade was done by installing an older release as opposed to downgrading the
MGC-8 from a backup. Downgrading is done by applying the backup saved prior to
the upgrade.
Note: Prior to upgrading to release 9.X.X or greater, the system identifier must be
obtained for each ATCA MGC-8 chassis for license generation. The retrieval method
varies based on the software release as follows:
• For releases prior to Release 8.3.0.3:
From the OS shell use hpi_util 169.254.64.240 get_serial_num
• For Release 8.3.0.3 and greater and Release 8.3.1:From TL1 use RTRV-INFO-CHASSIS parameter SERIALNUMBER
From MI
use/opt/LSS/sbin/sysidconf_adm --action show_system_id
parameter system ID
• For Release 9.0 and greater:
From TL1 use RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS parameter SYSTEMID
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 The ASLM License Requestor Guide will guide you to generate a license key on theASLM platform. Download the document from the following link:
(http://libra.app.alcatel-lucent.com/PublicWorking/FileCard.aspx?Code=SWSC-ENT-L4-
27&MainModuleId=02DD8C9E-6542-4149-B36C-C7BCAC087E00&ProcessId=
d2bf14f0-d317-4500-8c6e-bff8ce830aa1)
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-7
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 226/238
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Note: To avoid service interruption, install the license BEFORE the upgrade. The
license key can be automatically installed prior to the hot upgrade by placing the
license file MGC8LicenseFile.txt in the /storage/loads directory along with
the ALGPV2.ATCA.9.X.X.X.X.xxx.zip, ATCA.LCPXX.XX.xx.xx.zip, and
deftC_RXX.xx.xx_RXX.xx.xx.zip files (where RXX is the LCP version for thisrelease).
The license key can be manually installed prior to a hot upgrade (or a new install)
using the EXEC-SWLIC-INSTALL command. If a feature license key is not installed,
any provisioning relating to that feature is blocked. Refer to the following table for
examples:.
Required license
key name
Description Type of
enforce-
ment
TL1 command(s) affected
MGC8_active_
georedundancy
Geo
redundancy
active/active
Enforced at
provision
time
Reject ED-MGC-PROTN when
grMode is set to WORK_WORK,
protnType is DUPLEX, and the
feature license key is not installed.
MGC8_base_sw MGC-8 base
software
This
entitlement is
not enforced.
(This is a
mandatory
base license
to beordered).
None
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-8 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 227/238
MGC8_base_mgcf MGC-8
license for
base MGCF
call
capability
Note: This
entitlement
can no
longer be
ordered
through the
ASLM tool
and has been
replaced in
R9.1.0.1 and
onwards by
MGC8_enh_
base_mgcf
This
entitlement is
not enforced.
None
MGC8_enh_base_
mgcf
MGC-8
license for
base MGCF
call
capability
Enforced at
run-time
None
MGC8_base_ibcf MGC-8
license for
base IBCF
callcapability.
Enforced at
run-time
None
MGC8_session_ibcf Upper limit
for number
of standing
IBCF calls
through
MGC-8.
Enforced at
run-time
None
MGC8_session_
mgcf
Upper limit
for number
of standingMGCF calls
through
MGC-8.
Enforced at
run-time
None
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-9
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 228/238
MGC8_c4_lawful_
int
Class 4
lawful
interception
application
package
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT-LI-TARGET/ED-LI-
TARGET/ENT-PRFL-CDCIP/ENT-
PRFL-CCCIP/ED-LIST-YGW/ENT-
LIST-YGW/ED-USER-LISECU/
ENT-USER-LISECU/STA-LI-X3/
STP-LI-X3/ED-LI-SYS when thefeature license key is not installed.
MGC8_enh_ipx_
routing
Enhanced IP
exchange
routing
support
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT-PRFL-SIP/ED-PRFL-
SIP/ENT-PRFL-SIPT/ED-PRFL-
SIPT when 3xxhandling is set to
ADVANCED and the feature license
key is not installed.
MGC8_enum Enhanced
ENUM-
enabled
services
Enforced at
provision
Reject ED-ENUM-SYS when
PriEnumIP is set to a non-NULL
value and the feature license key is
not installed.MGC8_ext_bicc External
BICC
support
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-BICC-TRK when
the feature license key is not
installed.
MGC8_femto FEMTO
feature
package
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-TRKGRP When
sigType = IVT and the feature
license key is not installed.
MGC8_
georedundancy
Geo
redundancy
active/
standby
Enforced at
provision
Reject ED-MGC-PROTN when
grMode is set to WORK_PROTN,
protnType is DUPLEX and the
feature license key is not installed.
MGC8_gmsc_cdma CDMA
GMSC
application
package
Enforced at
provision
Reject ED-GMSC-ANSISYS when
slhrId is set to non-NULL value and
the feature license key is not
installed.
MGC8_gmsc_gsm GSM GMSC
application
package
Enforced at
provision
Reject ED-GMSC-GSMSYS when
slhrId is set to a non-NULL value
and the feature license key is not
installed.
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-10 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 229/238
MGC8_ipv6 IPV6 support Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-ATCA-EQPT when
the feature license key is not
installed and the user specifies any
of the following parameters to be
non-NULL, including
sigAIPv6Fixed, sigAIPv6Floating,sigAIPv6NtwkPrefix,
sigBIPv6Fixed, sigBIPv6Floating
and sigBIPv6NtwkPrefix.
MGC8_sip_fed SIP front end
distributor
support
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-SIP-FED when the
feature license key is not installed.
MGC8_ss7_variant_
addon
Additional
SS7 variant
support
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-TRKGRP when the
user specifies sigType as ISUP and
with the execution of the current
TL1 command the total number of unique ISUP variants exceeds the
limit specified by the capacity
license key. Note: The first ISUP
variant is included with the purchase
of MGC8_base_sw. Therefore, the
enforcement of this entitlement is not
triggered when user provisions
TRKGRP with only one unique
ISUP variant across the whole
MGC-8.
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-11
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 230/238
MGC8_stp STP
functionality
Enforced at
run-time
If the feature license key is not
installed, reject ED-STG-SYS when
a user specifies NODETYPE=STP,
and reject ED/ENT-STG-SCREENLSET,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENPC,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALWSIO,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALCGPA,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALCDPA,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALWGTT,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENAFPCSN,
ED/ENT-STG-SCREENAFFDST,
ENT-STG-GTTDEST,
ENT-STG-GTTMASK,
ENT-STG-GTTFIXED,
ENT-STG-GTTGTI,
ED/ENT-STG-MAPTTM,
ED/ENT-STG-MAPLSI,
ED/ENT-STG-MAPPCOFFLD, and
ED/ENT-STG-MAPGTLIST.
MGC8_transcode Transcoding
support and
policy
enforcement
Enforced at
run-time
Reject ENT-PRFL-SIP/ED-PRFL-
SIP/ENT-PRFL-SIPT/ED-PRFL-
SIPT when preferredCodec != ANY
or transCodePolicy=any value
except ANY or DIRECTCODEC and
the feature license key is not
installed.
MGC8_enh_base_
mgcf
Enhanced
MGC–8
license for
MGCF call
capability
Enforced at
run-time
None
MGC8_sip_hdr_
msg
SIP
Header/
Messaging
Package
This
entitlement is
not enforced.
None
MGC8_3rdparty_sg 3RD Party
SG support
package
This
entitlement is
not enforced.
None
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-12 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 231/238
MGC8_srvcs_isdn ISDN PRA
NNI services
Enforced at
run-time
None
MGC8_tcap_mwi TCAP based
MWI
package
Enforced at
provision
Reject ENT/ED-TREATMENT
when triggertype is 150 and the
feature license key is not installed
MGC8_stp_cic STP CIC
Migration
and PC
offload
Enforced at
provision
Reject ED-STG-SYS when
nodetype=stp and the feature license
key is not installed
MGC8_auto_
callback
Automatic
callback/
CCBS/
RBWF
Enforced at
provision.
Reject
ED-SERVICEACCESSCODE when
serviceID is set to CCBSIW and the
feature license key is not installed.
Note: If a violation of a software license occurs, an event is generated. The eventreturns the message “Software License Violation - Feature key update required to
enable entitlement <name>” where <name> is the name of the license. A violation
will occur when trying to use a feature that requires a license and the license has not
been purchased. A violation will occur when a user is upgrading from a release that
did not require a license key and is going to a release that now requires a license key
for a particular feature(s). A violation will also occur if the capacity that was
purchased for a particular feature(s) has been used/exceeded. If an event is generated,
confirm with Alcatel-Lucent that the entitlements specified in your purchase order are
added/activated in the ASLM tool.
When a call of type MGCF or IBCF is attempted, it is rejected with a correspondingfailure condition. For a list of failure conditions, use the TL1 command
RTRV-FAILCND.
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
G-13
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 232/238
Software ASLM Generating a license file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-14 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 233/238
Appendix H: Document issue
history
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides the reference material for this document.
Reason for reissue
This appendix has been updated with the changes from previous issues of the document.
Contents
Reissue history H-1
Reissue history
Purpose
The reissue history of this document is described in the following paragraphs.
Issue 11
The reissue history for Issue 11 is shown in the following table.
Table H-1 Issue 11, April 2015, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
11 Added note for BTS upgrade Chapter 11, Upgrade scenarios
and procedures
Updated procedures in Rollback of LCP
and MGC-8 software, Backout of LCP
and MGC-8 upgrade, and Backout
MGC-8 only upgrade
Chapter 13, Rollback and
backout procedures
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
H-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 234/238
Issue 10
The reissue history for Issue 10 is shown in the following table.
Table H-2 Issue 10, March 2015, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
10 Added the topic Provisioning support
during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are
on different releases
Chapter 11, Upgrade scenarios
and procedures
Updated the Note for Provisioning
support during upgrade when GR
MGC-8s are on different releases
Chapter 12, Upgrade
working-working geographic
redundant switches
Issue 9
The reissue history for Issue 9 is shown in the following table.
Table H-3 Issue 9, January 2015, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
9 Updated the document to remove the
specific LCP version.
Global
Added step 8 under the Load transfer
and field install procedure which
indicates to remove the usb flash drive.
Chapter 5
Issue 8
The reissue history for Issue 8 is shown in the following table.
Table H-4 Issue 8, December 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
8 Updated the Upgrade both the LCP
software and the ALGPv2 software and
the Upgrade the ALGPv2 software
procedure.
Chapter 11, Upgrade scenarios
and procedures
Updated the Backout of LCP and
MGC-8 upgrade and Backout MGC-8
only upgrade procedures
Chapter 13, Rollback and
backout procedures
Document issue history Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
H-2 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 235/238
Issue 7
The reissue history for Issue 7 is shown in the following table.
Table H-5 Issue 7, November 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
7 Updated the field installation procedure Chapter 4, Load transfer and
field installation procedure
Added new chapter System
Configuration
Chapter 2, System
configuration
Updated the front matter as per the
content standards
Global
Issue 6
The reissue history for Issue 6 is shown in the following table.
Table H-6 Issue 6, October 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
6 Removed the re-login comment Chapter 11, under the Update
the server section
Added step 10 to verify the prompt mode
for TL1
Chapter 11, under the Upgrade
the ALGPv2 software section.
Replaced LKDI with ASLM and added
the software license names in Table G-1and the license enforcement table on
page G-16.
Appendix G
Issue 5
The reissue history for Issue 5 is shown in the following table.
Table H-7 Issue 5, June 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
5 Revised license key table to include the
“type of enforcement.”
Appendix G
Document issue history Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
H-3
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 236/238
Issue 4
The reissue history for Issue 4 is shown in the following table.
Table H-8 Issue 4, May 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
4 Minor content corrections. Global
Issue 3
The reissue history for Issue 3 is shown in the following table.
Table H-9 Issue 3, April 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
3 Removed empty tags Global
Issue 2
The reissue history for Issue 2 is shown in the following table.
Table H-10 Issue 2, April 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
2 Bundled three 5400 Linux Control
Platform documents with this document.
The LCP documents are cross referencedfrom this document.
Global
Issue 1
The reissue history for Issue 1 is shown in the following table.
Table H-11 Issue 1, April 2014, Reason for reissue
Document Issue Description Location
1 First issue of the document Global
Document issue history Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
H-4 Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 237/238
Index
A ACCM and ADCM blades, 9-2
ALGPv2 and LCP
upgrading procedures, 11-1
ALGPv2 blades
growth and de-growth procedures, 8-1
provisioning procedures, 9-1
AMC SS7 cards
provisioning procedures, 9-9
ASLM
See: Alcatel-Lucent Software
License Management
access, G-5
entitlements, G-2
license files, G-7
.............................................................
C configure blade
OAM server A functionality,
6-1
.............................................................
L LCP installation
configuration worksheets, B-1
procedures, 3-1
load installation and LCP check
procedures, 7-1
load transfer and pre-installation,
5-1
.............................................................
M MGC-8
rollback and backout
procedures, 13-1
MGC-8 ATCA
ATCA, 1-1
hardware and software
requirements, 1-2
upgrade working-working GR
switches, 12-1
.............................................................
S system configuration, 2-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA255-400-022R9.X.XIssue 12 July 2015
Alcatel-Lucent – ProprietaryUse pursuant to applicable agreements
IN-1
7/23/2019 Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/rapport-mgc-8-atca-install-and-upgrade-guidepdf 238/238
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................